Table of Contents

Preface

New and Changed Information

Unicast Routing Commands

Unicast Routing Show Commands

Cisco Nexus 3000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing Command Reference

Preface

. It also provides information on how to obtain related documentation.

This preface includes the following sections:

- Audience

- Document Conventions

- Related Documentation

- Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request

Audience

This publication is for experienced network administrators who configure and maintain Cisco Nexus Series switches.

Document Conventions

Command descriptions use these conventions:

Convention

Description

boldface font

Commands and keywords are in boldface.

italic font

Arguments for which you supply values are in italics.

[ ]

Elements in square brackets are optional.

[ x | y | z ]

Optional alternative keywords are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars.

string

A nonquoted set of characters. Do not use quotation marks around the string or the string will include the quotation marks.

Screen examples use these conventions:

Terminal sessions and information that the switch displays are in screen font.

Information that you must enter is in boldface screen font.

Arguments for which you supply values are in italic screen font.

< >

Nonprinting characters, such as passwords, are in angle brackets.

[ ]

Default responses to system prompts are in square brackets.

!, #

An exclamation point (!) or a pound sign (#) at the beginning of a line of code indicates a comment line.

This document uses the following conventions:

Note Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the manual.

Caution Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might do something that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.

Related Documentation

Documentation for the Cisco Nexus 3000 Series Switch is available at the following URL:

The documentation set is divided into the following categories:

Release Notes

The release notes are available at the follwing URL:

Installation and Upgrade Guides

The installation and upgrade guides are available at the following URL:

Command References

The command references are available at the following URL:

Technical References

The technical references are available at the following URL:

Configuration Guides

The configuration guides are available at the following URL:

Error and System Messages

The system message reference guide is available at the following URL:

Documentation Feedback

. We appreciate your feedback.

Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request

.

. The RSS feeds are a free service.

New and Changed Information

This chapter provides release-specific information for each new and changed feature in the Cisco Nexus 3000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing Command Reference. The latest version of this document is available at the following Cisco website:

available at the following Cisco website:

summarizes the new and changed features for Cisco NX-OS Releases 5.x and 6.x and tells you where they are documented.

Table 1 New and Changed Information

Feature

Description

Changed in Release

Where Documented

match ip address prefix-list

This command displays the message “invalid command.”

7.0(3)I2(1)

match ip address

BGP

Added the ability to configure the interval after which a BGP connection can reconnect.

6.0(2)U4(1)

reconnect-interval (BGP)

BGP

Added the ability to delay route deletion from the hardware.

6.0(2)U4(1)

route delete dampen interval

BGP

Added the ability to configure BGP prefix peering wait timers.

6.0(2)U4(1)

timers prefix-peer-wait

BGP

Added the ability to configure BGP to shrink ECMP groups in an accelerated way when a session goes down.

6.0(2)U4(1)

neighbor-down

BGP

Added the ability to configure a minimum route advertisement interval (MRAI) between the sending of BGP routing updates.

6.0(2)U4(1)

advertisement-interval (BGP)

BGP

Added the ability to advertise newly learned BGP routes (IPv4 and IPv6) only after these routes are confirmed by the Forwarding Information Base (FIB) and programmed in the hardware.

6.0(2)U4(1)

suppress-fib-pending

BFD

Added support for BFD with IPv6

6.0(2)U4(1)

bfd interval

ipv6 route

ipv6 route static bfd

bfd echo-rx-interval

bfd slow-timer

BGP

Added support for RFC 5549

6.0(2)U4(1)

ip forward

Prefix Matching

Added support for masks for prefix lists.

6.0(2)U3(1)

ip prefix-list

ECMP Recovery

Added this feature.

6.0(2)U3(1)

hardware profile ecmp auto-recovery threshold

Policy-Based Routing

Added this feature.

6.0(2)U2(1)

feature pbr

ip policy route-map

hardware profile ucast6 lpm-65-to-127-max-limit command

Added this command to reserve unicast IPv6 entries of mask length 65 to 127 for the LPM table.

6.0(2)U2(1)

hardware profile ecmp auto-recovery threshold

hardware profile unicast enable-host-ecmp

Added new options to retain ARP and ND routes in the host table.

6.0(2)U2(1)

hardware profile unicast enable-host-ecmp

remove-private-as command

Added new options for the command to remove private AS numbers from the AS-path.

6.0(2)U2(1)

remove-private-as

Interface IP Address for ICMP Source IP Field command

Added the command to configure the interface IP address for the ICMP sourve IP field.

6.0(2)U2(1)

ip source

Disabling BGP Dampening with Redistribution command

Added the command to configure BGP dampening for redistributed routes.

6.0(2)U2(1)

dampen-igp-metric

eBGP Next Hop Unchanged command

Added the eBGP Next Hop Unchanged command.

6.0(2)U2(1)

set ip next-hop unchanged

BGP Additional Path commands

Added description for several new commands in support of BGP Additional Path features.

6.0(2)U1(1)

additional-paths receive

additional-paths selection

additional-paths send

capability additional-paths receive

capability additional-paths send

set path-selection all advertise

Show bfd commands

Changed applicable mode from any mode to exec mode to comply with Release 6.0(2)U1(1) restrictions.

6.0(2)U1(1)

show bfd neighbors

ECMP for host route

Added the ability to enable or disable ECMP separately for IPv4 host routes or IPv6 host routes.

5.0(3)U5(1d)

ECMP Routing Hash

Added support for load-balancing hash for a specific flow.

5.0(3)U5(1)

hardware ecmp hash-offset

show routing hash

AS Peer reflection

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U5(1)

disable-peer-as-check

BFD for static routes

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U4(1)

ip route static bfd

Syslog Thresholds for System Resources

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U3(2)

hardware profile unicast syslog-threshold

ip arp syslog-threshold

BFD for OSPF

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U3(1)

bfd (OSPF)

IPv6 Support

This feature was introduced.

Updated the hardware profile tcam region command.

5.0(3)U3(1)

address-family ipv6 unicast

area filter-list (OSPFv3)

hardware profile ecmp auto-recovery threshold

ipv6 nd

show ipv6 nd interface

Next Hop Self Support for BGP Route Reflector Clients

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U3(1)

set ip next-hop peer-address

Support for switched virtual interface (SVI) counters

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U3(1)

show interface vlan counter

show vlan id counter

ECMP for host routes

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U2(2)

Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U2(2)

IP Glean Throttle

This feature was introduced.

5.0(3)U2(1)

hardware ip glean throttle

hardware ip glean throttle maximum

hardware ip glean throttle syslog

hardware ip glean throttle timeout

BGP multipath advertisements from different autonomous systems

command was added.

5.0(3)U1(2)

bestpath all-paths-ecmp

Virtual forwarding and routing (VRF)

This feature was introduced.

You can configure VRF, VRF-lite features, and the IP features for a VRF.

5.0(3)U1(1)

vrf

vrf context (Layer 2)

vrf context (Layer 3)

vrf member

Unicast Routing

This feature was introduced.

The following Layer 3 unicast routing features are supported in this release:

- Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4)

- Open Shortest Path First version 2 (OSPFv2)

- Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP)

- Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)

- Routing Information Protocol (RIP)

- Unicast Routing Information Base (RIB) and Forwarding Information Base (FIB)

- Hot Standby Router Protocol (HSRP)

- Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)

- Static routing

- Layer 3 virtualization

- Route Policy Manager

- Object tracking

You can also Unicast Reverse Path Forwarding (Unicast RPF) on an interface.

5.0(3)U1(1)

Unicast Routing Commands

This chapter describes the Cisco NX-OS unicast routing commands available on Cisco Nexus 3000 Series switches.

additional-paths receive

To enable BGP additional paths for a prefix to be received from a capable peer, use the additional-paths receive command in address family configuration mode. To disable receiving additional-path capability for the address family, use the no form of this command.

additional-paths receive

no additional-paths receive

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Capability of receiving additional paths is disabled for address family.

Command Modes

Address family configuration (config-router-af)

VRF Neighbor address family configuration

Neighbor VPN address family configuration

Neighbor IPv6 labeled-unicast address-family configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The additional-paths receive command enables the additional path receive capability for an address family, after successful negotiation with a neighbor. The ability to send and receive additional paths is negotiated between two BGP neighbors during session establishment.

This command controls whether the local device can receive additional paths from all neighbors within an address family. This capability applies to all neighbors under the specified address family unless the capability is explicitly disabled with the neighbor additional-paths receive disable command, which overrides the configuration for the address family or template.

Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to display whether neighbors are capable of sending or receiving additional paths. Use the show ip bgp command with a network address to display the path selections, path IDs, and the capabilities for advertising and receiving additional paths.

Examples

In the following example, BGP negotiates with all neighbors in the IPv6 unicast address family to send and receive additional paths:

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths send

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths receive

In the following example, the send and receive capability of the neighbor overrides the receive-only capability of the address family:

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths receive

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths selection route-map add_path4

switch (config-router-af)# neighbor 2001:db8::1037

switch (config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths send

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths receive

Related Commands

Command

Description

additional-paths send

Enables BGP additional paths for a prefix to be sent to a capable peer.

capability additional-paths receive

Configures the receive additional paths capability for the specified neighbor.

show ip bgp

Displays information about BGP networks, including path selections and path IDs.

show ip bgp neighbors

Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.

additional-paths selection

To enable additional paths selection capability for a prefix, use the additional-paths selection command in address family configuration mode. To disable configuring additional paths selection for a prefix, use the no form of this command.

additional-paths selection route-map map-name

no additional-paths selection route-map map-name

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Additional paths selection capability is disabled.

Command Modes

Address family configuration (config-router-af)

VRF address family configuration

VPN address family configuration

IPv6 labeled-unicast address-family configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the additional-paths selection command to enable additional paths selection mode for some or all prefixes. Specify an appropriate route map to calculate backup paths and to enable Prefix Independent Convergence (PIC) functionality. You can optionally configure the set path-selection all advertise command in the route map to advertise all.

Examples

The following example shows how to enable the selection of additional paths:

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths receive

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths selection route-map add_path4

switch (config-router-af)# neighbor 2001:DB8::1037!

switch (config-router-neighbor)# route-map add_path4 permit 10

switch (config-router-neighbor)# set path-selection all advertise

Related Commands

Command

Description

set path-selection all advertise

Advertises all BGP paths as additional paths to peers if the receive capability is enabled.

show ip bgp

Displays information about BGP networks, including path selections and path IDs.

show ip bgp neighbors

Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.

additional-paths send

To enable BGP additional paths for a prefix to be sent to a capable peer, use the additional-paths send command in address family configuration mode. To disable the sending of additional-paths for the address family, use the no form of this command.

additional-paths send

no additional-paths send

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Capability of sending additional paths is disabled for address family.

Command Modes

Address family configuration (config-router-af)

VRF Neighbor address family configuration

Neighbor VPN address family configuration

Neighbor IPv6 labeled-unicast address-family configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The additional-paths send command enables the additional path send capability for an address family, after successful negotiation with a neighbor. The ability to send and receive additional paths is negotiated between two BGP neighbors during session establishment.

This command controls whether the local device can send additional paths to all neighbors within an address family. This capability applies to all neighbors under the specified address family unless the capability is explicitly disabled with the capability additional-paths send disable command, which overrides the configuration for the address family or template.

Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to display whether neighbors are capable of sending or receiving additional paths. Use the show ip bgp command with a network address to display the path selections, path IDs, and the capabilities for advertising and receiving additional paths.

Examples

In the following example, BGP negotiates with each neighbor in the IPv6 unicast address family to send and receive additional paths:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths send

In the following example, the send and receive capability of the neighbor overrides the send-only capability of the address family:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths send

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths selection route-map add_path4

switch (config-router-af)# neighbor 2001:db8::1037

switch (config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths send

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths receive

Related Commands

Command

Description

additional-paths receive

Enables BGP additional paths for a prefix to be received from a capable peer.

capability additional-paths send

Configures the send additional paths capability for the specified neighbor.

show ip bgp

Displays information about BGP networks, including path selections and path IDs.

show ip bgp neighbors

Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.

address (VRRP)

form of this command.

]

]]

Syntax Description

Virtual router address (IPv4). This address should be in the same subnet as the interface IP address.

(Optional) Specifies a secondary virtual router address.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

VRRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure one virtual router IP address for a virtual router. If the configured IP address is the same as the interface IP address, this switch automatically owns the IP address. You can configure an IPv4 address only.

option to the virtual router IPv4 address, the VRRP router will accept these packets when it is the master.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a virtual router IP address:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 250

switch(config-if-vrrp)# address 10.0.0.10

This example shows how to remove all the IP addresses (primary and secondary) using a single command:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 250

switch(config-if-vrrp)# no address

switch(config-if-vrrp)# show running-config interface ethernet 9/10

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Configures a VRRP group.

address-family ipv6 unicast

command.

address-family ipv6 unicast

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how enter IPv6 unicast address family mode:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospfv 1234

switch(config-router)# neighbor 2001:DB8:0:1::55 remote-as 64496

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# next-hop-self

Related Commands

Command

Description

area filter-list (OSPFv3)

Filters prefixes advertised in type 3 link-state advertisements (LSAs) between Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) areas of an Area Border Router (ABR).

address-family (BGP neighbor)

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the IPv4 address family.

Specifies multicast address support.

Specifies unicast address support.

Command Default

This command has no default settings.

Command Modes

Neighbor configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure the address families if you are using route redistribution, load balancing, and other advanced features. IPv4 neighbor sessions support IPv4 unicast and multicast address families.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to activate IPv4 multicast for neighbor 192.0.2.1 and place the device in neighbor address family configuration mode for the IPv4 multicast address family:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature bgp

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1 remote-as 64496

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 multicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures BGP conditional advertisement.

Configures a BGP routing process to distribute a default route.

Enables BGP configuration.

Controls how many prefixes can be received from a neighbor.

Configures the router as a BGP route reflector.

Configures the switch software to start storing BGP peer updates.

Advertises only active routes to peer.

address-family (BGP router)

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the IPv4 address family.

Specifies multicast address support.

Specifies unicast address support.

Command Default

This command has no default settings.

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure the address families if you are using route redistribution, address aggregation, load balancing, and other advanced features. IPv4 neighbor sessions support IPv4 unicast and multicast address families.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to place the router in global address family configuration mode for the IPv4 unicast address family:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature bgp

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures BGP summary addresses.

Configures route reflection.

Configures route flap dampening.

Configures the default metric for routes redistributed into BGP.

Configures the administrative distance.

Enables BGP configuration.

Configures the maximum number of equal-cost paths.

Configures an IP prefix to advertise.

Configures route policy filtering for next hops.

Configures the BGP delay for triggering next-hop calculations.

Configures route redistribution for BGP.

Advertises active routes to a BGP peer.

Configures the BGP timers.

address-family (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Specifies the IPv4 address family.

Specifies unicast address support.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Address family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the IPv4 unicast address family for an EIGRP instance:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 201

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Controls the distribution of a default route.

Configures the default metric for routes redistributed into EIGRP.

Configures the administrative distance.

Configures the maximum number of equal-cost paths.

Configures route redistribution for EIGRP.

Configures the router ID.

Displays EIGRP information.

Configures the EIGRP timers.

address-family (RIP)

command in router configuration mode.

Syntax Description

Specifies the IPv4 address family.

Specifies unicast address support.

Command Default

This command has no default settings.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the IPv4 unicast address family for a RIP instance:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router rip Enterprise

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Controls the distribution of a default route.

Configures the default metric for routes redistributed into RIP.

Configures the administrative distance.

Configures the maximum number of equal-cost paths.

Configures route redistribution for RIP.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

Configures the RIP timers.

advertise-map (BGP)

form of this command.

}

Syntax Description

Command Default

None

Command Modes

BGP neighbor address-family command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

specifies the prefix that BGP advertises to the specified neighbor when the condition is met.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure BGP conditional advertisement:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 65536

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.2 remote-as 65537

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# advertise-map advertise exist-map exist

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# exit

switch(config-router-neighbor)# exit

switch(config-router)# exit

switch(config)# route-map advertise

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path pathList

switch(config-route-map)# exit

switch(config)# route-map exit

switch(config-route-map)# match ip address prefix-list plist

switch(config-route-map)# exit

switch(config)# ip prefix-list plist permit 209.165.201.0/27

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP.

Configures a BGP peer.

Displays BGP configuration information.

advertisement-interval (BGP)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Number of seconds between announcements of new route updates.

Note This interval does not apply to route withdrawal announcements, which must be made immediately.

The range is from 1 to 600 seconds.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure a minimum route advertisement interval (MRAI) between the sending of BGP routing updates by using the advertisement-interval command. Instead of announcing route updates as soon as they are triggered, BGP waits for the advertisement interval to expire before sending out the update. If there are other changes that happen during this interval, BGP can announce all these changes efficiently.

This delay timer is configured only for new route announcements and not for route withdrawal announcements. Route withdrawals must be announced immediately.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an update announcement delay timer:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.0/8 remote-as route-map BGPPeers

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# advertisement-interval 300

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters the address family configuration mode for BGP.

advertisement-interval (VRRP)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Number of seconds between advertisement frames being sent. For IPv4, the range is from 1 to 255 seconds.

Command Default

1 second

Command Modes

VRRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

VRRP advertisements communicate the priority and state of the virtual router master. The advertisements are encapsulated in IP packets and are sent to the IPv4 multicast address that is assigned to the VRRP group.

VRRP uses a dedicated Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) standard multicast address (224.0.0.18) for VRRP advertisements. This addressing scheme minimizes the number of routers that must service the multicasts and allows test equipment to accurately identify VRRP packets on a segment. The IANA-assigned VRRP IP protocol number is 112.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify an advertisement interval of 200 seconds for VRRP group 250:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 250

switch(config-if-vrrp)# advertisement-interval 200

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Configures a VRRP group.

aggregate-address (BGP)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

is 1 to 32.

(Optional) Specifies the name of the route map used to select attribute information from specific routes.

(Optional) Generates the autonomous system set path information and community information from the contributing paths.

(Optional) Specifies the name of the route map used to set the attribute information for specific routes. The map-name is an alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Filters all more-specific routes from updates.

(Optional) Specifies the name of the route map used to conditionally filter more specific routes. The map-name is an alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

keyword is specified.

Command Modes

Address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can implement aggregate routing in BGP either by redistributing an aggregate route into BGP, or by using the conditional aggregate routing feature.

keyword.)

command when aggregating many paths, because this route must be continually withdrawn and updated as autonomous system path reachability information for the summarized routes changes.

command, with caution. If a more-specific route leaks out, all BGP routers will prefer that route over the less-specific aggregate you are generating (using longest-match routing).

keyword creates the aggregate route but suppresses advertisement of specified routes. You can use the match clauses of route maps to selectively suppress some more-specific routes of the aggregate and leave others unsuppressed. IP access lists and autonomous system path access lists match clauses are supported.

command is useful when the components of an aggregate are in separate autonomous systems and you want to create an aggregate with AS_SET, and advertise it back to some of the same autonomous systems. You must remember to omit the specific autonomous system numbers from the AS_SET to prevent the aggregate from being dropped by the BGP loop detection mechanism at the receiving router. IP access lists and autonomous system path access lists match clauses are supported.

command is useful when one of the routes forming the AS_SET is configured with an attribute such as the community no-export attribute, which would prevent the aggregate route from being exported. An attribute map route map can be created to change the aggregate attributes.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

AS-Set Example

This example shows how to create an aggregate BGP address in router configuration mode. The path advertised for this route will be an AS_SET consisting of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# aggregate-address 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 as-set

switch(config-router)#

Summary-Only Example

keyword is configured, more-specific routes are filtered from updates.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 multicast

switch(config-router-af)# aggregate-address 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 summary-only

switch(config-router-af)#

Conditional Aggregation Example

This example shows how to create a route map called MAP-ONE to match on an as-path access list. The path advertised for this route will be an AS_SET consisting of elements contained in paths that are matched in the route map.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip as-path access-list 1 deny ^1234_

switch(config)# ip as-path access-list 1 permit .*

switch(config)# route-map MAP-ONE

switch(config-route-map)# match ip as-path 1

switch(config-route-map)# exit

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4

switch(config-router-af)# aggregate-address 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 as-set advertise-map MAP-ONE

switch(config-router-af)# end

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a route map.

area authentication (OSPF)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to enable authentication. Specify as either a positive integer value or an IP address.

argument.

Command Default

No authentication

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to configure the authentication mode for the entire OSPF area.

command in interface configuration mode to specify this password.

command in interface configuration mode.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure authentication for area 0 of OSPF routing process 201:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# area 0 authentication message-digest

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# ip ospf area 0

switch(config)-if# ip ospf message-digest-key 10 md5 0 adcdefgh

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Assigns a password for simple password authentication for OSPF.

Assigns a password for OSPF MD5 authentication.

Displays OSPF interface-related information.

area default-cost (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to configure the default cost. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.

Cost for the default summary route used for a stub or NSSA. The range is from 0 to 16777215.

Command Default

The summary route cost is based on the area border router that generated the summary route.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command on an Area Border Router (ABR) attached to a stub or NSSA to configure the metric for the summary default route generated by the ABR into the stub area.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set a default cost of 20 to stub network 192.0.2.0:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# area 192.0.2.0 stub

switch(config-router)# area 192.0.2.0 default-cost 20

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Defines an area as a stub area.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays OSPF information.

area filter-list (OSPF)

To filter prefixes advertised in type 3 link-state advertisements (LSAs) between Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) areas of an Area Border Router (ABR), use the area filter-list command. To change or cancel the filter, use the no form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to configure filtering. Specify as either a positive integer value or an IP address.

argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 63 characters.

Filters networks sent to this area.

Filters networks sent from this area.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command in another area.

command configured in this area.

Cisco NX-OS implicitly denies any prefix that does not match an entry in the route map.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to filter prefixes that are sent from all other areas to area 1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 202

switch(config-router)# area 1 filter-list route-map FilterExternal in

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Consolidates and summarizes routes at an area boundary.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Displays OSPF policy statistics for an area.

area filter-list (OSPFv3)

To filter prefixes that are advertised in type 3 link-state advertisements (LSAs) between Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) areas of an Area Border Router (ABR), use the area filter-list command. To change or cancel the filter, use the no form of this command.

area area-id filter-list route-map map-name {in | out}

no area area-id filter-list route-map map-name {in | out}

Syntax Description

area-id

Area ID as a numeric value or the IP address.

route-map

Specifies the route map policy name.

map-name

Route map name. A route map name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

in

Filters networks sent to this area.

out

Filters networks sent from this area.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the area filter-list command to filter Type 3 LSAs. If you apply the route map with the in keyword, the route map filters all Type 3 LSAs that are originated by the ABR to this area, including Type 3 LSAs that originated as a result of the area range command in another area.

If you apply the route map with the out keyword, the route map filters all Type 3 LSAs that are advertised by the ABR to all other areas including Type 3 LSAs that originate locally as a result of the area range command configured in this area.

The Cisco NX-OS software implicitly denies any prefix that does not match an entry in the route map.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to filter prefixes that are sent from all other areas to 0.0.0.10:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospfv3 123

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# area 0.0.0.10 filter-list route-map LSA-Filter in

switch(config-router-af)#

This example shows how change or cancel the filter:

switch(config-router-af)# no area 0.0.0.10 filter-list route-map LSA-Filter in

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

address-family ipv6 unicast

Enters IPv6 unicast address family mode.

area nssa (OSPF)

form of this command.

]]

]]

Syntax Description

Identifier for the OSPF NSSA area. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.

(Optional) Generates a Type 7 default into the NSSA area. This keyword takes effect only on NSSA area border router (ABR) or NSSA autonomous system border router (ASBR).

argument can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

command to import routes into the normal areas but not into the NSSA area.

(Optional) Allows an area to be an NSSA area but not have summary routes injected into it.

(Optional) Translates Type 7 LSAs to type 5 LSAs.

(Optional) Always translates LSAs.

(Optional) Never translates LSAs.

(Optional) Suppresses the forwarding address in translated LSAs. The ABR uses 0.0.0.0 as the forwarding IPv4 address.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to create an NSSA area in an OSPF autonomous system. We recommend that you understand the network topology before configuring forwarding address suppression for translated LSAs. Suboptimal routing might result because there might be better paths to reach the destination’s forwarding address.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure area 1 as an NSSA area:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 10

switch(config-router)# area 1 nssa

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to configure area 1 as an NSSA area and translate Type 7 LSAs from area 1 to Type 5 LSAs, but not place the Type 7 forwarding address into the Type 5 LSAs. (OSPF places 0.0.0.0 as the forwarding address in the Type 5 LSAs.)

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 2

switch(config-router)# area 1 nssa translate type7 suppress-fa

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Redistributes routes learned from one routing protocol to another routing protocol domain.

Displays OSPF information.

area range (OSPF)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to summarize routes. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.

(Optional) Specifies the cost to use during shortest path first (SPF) calculation for the summarized route.

Cost value. The range is from 0 to 16777215.

).

(Optional) Sets the address range status to DoNotAdvertise. The Type 3 summary LSA is suppressed, and the component networks remain hidden from other networks.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command only with Area Border Routers (ABRs) to consolidate or summarize routes for an area. The ABR advertises that a single summary route is advertised to other areas and condenses routing information at area boundaries.

commands.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure one summary route to be advertised by the ABR to other areas for all hosts on network 192.0.2.0:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config-if)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# ip address 192.0.2.201 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# ip ospf area 201

switch(config-router)# area 0 range 192.0.2.0 255.255.0.0

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays OSPF information.

area range (OSPFv3)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Identifier for the OSPFv3 area where you want to summarize routes. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IPv6 address.

(Optional) Specifies the cost to use during shortest path first (SPF) calculation for the summarized route.

Cost value. The range is from 0 to 16777215.

).

(Optional) Sets the address range status to DoNotAdvertise. The Type 3 summary LSA is suppressed, and the component networks remain hidden from other networks.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command only with Area Border Routers (ABRs) to consolidate or summarize routes for an area. The ABR advertises that a single summary route is advertised to other areas and condenses routing information at area boundaries.

commands.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure one summary route to be advertised by the ABR to other areas for all hosts on network 2001:0DB8::/32:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospv3 201

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch(config-af)# ipv6 ospfv3 area 201

switch(config-router-af)# area 0 range 2001:0DB8::/32

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays OSPFv3 information.

area stub (OSPF)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Identifier for the OSPF stub area. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.

(Optional) Prevents an Area Border Router (ABR) from sending summary link advertisements into the stub area.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command provides the metric for the summary default route generated by the ABR into the stub area.

keyword on the ABR to prevent it from sending Summary LSAs (Type 3 LSAs3) into the stub area.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to create stub area 33 in OSPF 209:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# area 33 stub

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Specifies a cost for the default summary route sent into a stub area.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays OSPF information.

area virtual-link (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Identifier for the OSPF area assigned to the transit area for the virtual link. The area ID can be from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.

display.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to establish a virtual link from a remote area to the backbone area. In OSPF, all areas must be connected to a backbone area. If the connection to the backbone is lost, it can be repaired by establishing a virtual link.

command to enter the virtual link configuration mode where you can use the following commands:

- authentication [ key-chain | message-digest | null ]

- authentication-key [ 0 | 3 ] key

- dead-interval seconds

- hello-interval seconds

- message-digest-key key-id md5 key

- retransmit-interval seconds

- transmit-delay seconds

See each command for syntax and usage details.

command in any mode.

Note You cannot configure a virtual link on a not-so-stubby (NSSA) area.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to establish a virtual link between two devices, A, and B, with default values for all optional parameters:

Device A:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 1

switch(config-router)# router-id 192.0.2.2

switch(config-router)# area 1 virtual-link 192.0.2.1

switch(config-router-vlink)#

Device B:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config# router ospf 209

switch(config-router)# router-id 192.0.2.1

switch(config-router)# area 1 virtual-link 192.0.2.2

switch(config-router-vlink)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables authentication for an OSPF virtual link.

Assigns a password to be used by neighboring routers that are using the simple password authentication of OSPF.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Configures the dead interval for an OSPF virtual link.

Configures the hello interval for an OSPF virtual link.

Enables OSPF MD5 authentication in an OSPF virtual link.

Configures the retransmit interval for an OSPF virtual link.

Displays OSPF neighbor information.

Displays OSPF virtual link information.

Configures the transmit delay for an OSPF virtual link.

authentication (HSRP)

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.

Identifies a group of authentication keys.

Specifies the secret key for MD5 authentication.

Specifies a clear text string.

Specifies an encrypted string.

Secret key for MD5 authentication. The range is from 1 to 255 characters. We recommend that you use at least 16 characters.

(Optional) Specifies the authentication timeout value. The range is from 0 to 32767.

Specifies an authentication string. The range is from 1 to 255 characters. The default string is “cisco”.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

HSRP configuration or HSRP template mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to prevent misconfigured routers from participating in HSRP groups that they are not intended to participate in. The authentication string is sent unencrypted in all HSRP messages. The same authentication string must be configured on all routers in the same group to ensure interoperation. HSRP protocol packets that do not authenticate are ignored.

Caution If you configure two routers with identical HSRP IP addresses but with different authentication strings, then neither router is aware of the duplication.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an authentication string for HSRP group 2:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 0/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# hsrp 2

switch(config-if-hsrp)# priority 110

switch(config-if-hsrp)# preempt

switch(config-if-hsrp)# authentication text sanjose

switch(config-if-hsrp)# ip 10.0.0.3

switch(config-if-hsrp)# end

switch(config-if-hsrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables HSRP and enters HSRP configuration mode.

Creates an HSRP group.

authentication (OSPF virtual link)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

argument can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Specifies to use message-digest authentication.

(Optional) Specifies no authentication is used. Disables authentication if configured for an area.

Command Default

Defaults to password authentication if you configure authentication with none of the optional keywords.

Command Modes

OSPF virtual link configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to complete this authentication configuration.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable message-digest authentication:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 22

switch(config-router)# area 99 virtual-link 192.0.2.12

switch(config-router-vlink)# authentication message-digest

switch(config-router-vlink)# message-digest key 4 md5 0 abcd

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables authentication for an OSPF area.

Assigns a password to be used by neighboring routers that are using the password authentication of OSPF.

Creates a key chain for managing authentication keys.

Enables OSPF MD5 authentication.

authentication (VRRP)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Specifies to use a simple text password of up to eight alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

No authentication

Command Modes

VRRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure md5 authentication for VRRP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 250

switch(config-if-vrrp)# authentication text mypwasswd

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Configures a VRRP group.

authentication key-chain (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Group of keys that are valid.

Command Default

No authentication is provided for EIGRP packets.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to complete the authentication configuration for an interface.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the interface to accept and send any key that belongs to the key-chain trees:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# vrf red

switch(config-router-vrf)# authentication key-chain trees

switch(config-router-vrf)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the authentication mode for EIGRP in a VRF.

Enables authentication for EIGRP and specifies the set of keys that can be used on an interface.

Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.

Displays EIGRP information.

authentication mode (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Specifies Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the interface to use MD5 authentication:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# vrf red

switch(config-router-vrf)# authentication mode md5

switch(config-router-vrf)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables authentication for EIGRP and specifies the set of keys that can be used on an interface.

Configures the authentication mode for EIGRP on an interface.

Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.

Displays EIGRP information.

authentication-key (OSPF virtual link)

command. To remove a previously assigned OSPF password, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies an unencrypted authentication key.

(Optional) Specifies a 3DES encrypted authentication key.

Any continuous string of characters that can be entered from the keyboard up to 8 bytes.

Command Default

Unencrypted password

Command Modes

OSPF virtual link configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to configure the password for password authentication on an OSPF virtual link. All devices on the same virtual link must have the same password to be able to exchange OSPF information.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the authentication key with the string yourpass:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 22

switch(config-router)# area 99 virtual-link 192.0.2.12

switch(config-router-vlink)# authentication

switch(config-router-vlink)# authentication-key yourpass

switch(config-router-vlink)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables authentication for an OSPF virtual link.

auto-cost (OSPF)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

keywords.

(Optional) Specifies the rate in Gbps (bandwidth). The range is from 1 to 4000; the default is 40.

(Optional) Specifies the rate in Mbps (bandwidth). The range is from 1 to 4000000; the default is 40000.

Command Default

keyword.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to set the reference bandwidth used by the OSPF cost-metric calculation.

command.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the reference bandwidth for all local interfaces in an OSPF instance:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# auto-cost reference-bandwidth 10

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Explicitly specifies the cost of sending a packet on an interface.

autonomous-system

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Address family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to set a common AS number for all EIGRP instances in an address family.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set an AS number for EIGRP for IPv4 unicast:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 201

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# autonomous-system 64496

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters the address family configuration mode for EIGRP.

bestpath (BGP)

form of this command.

}}

}}

Syntax Description

Compares the Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) on paths from a different autonomous system (AS).

Configures a BGP routing process to compare identical routes received from different external peers during the best path selection process and to select the route with the lowest router ID as the best path.

Assigns the value of infinity to received routes that do not carry the MED attribute, making these routes the least desirable.

Specifies that the best-MED path among paths is not picked from the same AS.

Command Default

The default settings are as follows:

med missing-as-worst: A value of 0 is assigned to the missing MED

med non-deterministic: Disabled

Command Modes

Router BGP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

command.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to change the default best-path selection algorithm to compare the MED on paths from different autonomous systems:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# bestpath always-compare-med

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP globally.

Displays information about BGP routes.

Displays the running configuration for BGP for IPv4 networks.

bestpath all-paths-ecmp

form of this command.

all-paths-ecmp

all-paths-ecmp

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Address Family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

Examples

This example shows how to treat all paths as ECMP paths during bestpath calculation:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 100

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# bestpath all-paths-ecmp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP globally.

Displays information about BGP routes.

Displays the running configuration for BGP for IPv4 networks.

bestpath as-path multipath-relax (BGP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure multipath load sharing on paths from different autonomous systems in router mode:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 120

switch(config-router)# bestpath as-path multipath-relax

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP globally.

Displays information about BGP routes.

Displays the running configuration for BGP for IPv4 networks.

bfd

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

BFD is not enabled on the protocol.

Command Modes

Neighbor configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command in router configuration mode or in neighbor configuration mode for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). BFD is supported on the following interfaces:

- Layer 3 physical interface and subinterface

- Layer 3 port-channel and subinterface

- Switch virtual interface (SVI)

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for all BGP neighbors:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 1.1

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1 remote-as 1.0

switch(config-router-neighbor)# bfd

switch(config-router-neighbor)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the BFD feature.

Displays the running configuration information for BFD.

bfd (OSPF)

To enable Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) on all Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) interfaces, use the bfd command. To disable the BF D on the configuration OSPF interfaces, use the no form of this command.

bfd

no bfd

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD on all OSPF interfaces:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 12

switch(config-router)# bfd

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to disable BFD on all OSPF interfaces:

switch(config)# router ospf 12

switch(config-router)# no bfd

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

router-id

Sets the OSPF process router ID.

bfd echo-rx-interval

form of this command.

Syntax Description

ipv4

(Optional) Configures the BFD echo interval for an IPv4 address.

ipv6

(Optional) Configures the BFD echo interval for an IPv6 address.

interval

argument is from 50 to 999 milliseconds.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

The ipv6 and echo-rx-interval options were introduced.

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When echo mode is enabled, the required minimum receive interval value is taken from the BFD slow-timer setting.

Note Before using BFD echo mode, you must disable the sending of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) redirect messages by using the no ip redirects command.

command to stop sending echo packets and signify that the device is unwilling to forward echo packets that are received from BFD neighbors. The RequiredMinEchoRx BFD session parameter is set to zero when echo mode is disabled.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure echo mode between BFD neighbors.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface Ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# bfd ipv6 echo-rx-interval 500

switch(config-if)#

This example shows that the BFD session neighbor is up and using BFD echo mode. The relevant command output is shown in bold in the output.

switch# show bfd neighbors details

OurAddr NeighAddr LD/RD RH/RS Holdown(mult)State Int

192.0.1.2 192.0.1.1 1/6 Up 0 (3 ) Up Fa0/1

Session state is Up and using echo function with 250 ms interval

Local Diag: 0, Demand mode: 0, Poll bit: 0, Authentication: None

MinTxInt: 50000 us, MinRxInt: 2000000 us, Multiplier: 3

Received MinRxInt: 2000000 us, Received Multiplier: 3

Holdown (hits): 6000 ms (0), Hello (hits): 2000 ms (442)

Rx Count: 422, Rx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 65/1744/253 last: 946 ms ago

Tx Count: 442, Tx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 1799/1799/1799 last: 833 ms ago

Registered protocols: bgp

Uptime: 0 days 0 hrs 1 mins 46 secs

Last packet: Version: 1 - Diagnostic: 0

State bit: Up - Demand bit: 0

Poll bit: 0 - Final bit: 0

Multiplier: 3 - Length: 24

My Discr.: 1090519041 - Your Discr.: 1090520944

Min tx interval: 250000 - Min rx interval: 2000000

Min Echo interval: 250000 - Authentication bit: 0

Hosting LC: 1, Down reason: None, Reason not-hosted: None

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the BFD feature.

Configures the BFD session parameters.

Configures the BFD RequiredminEchoRx interval.

Enables the sending of ICMP redirect messages if the Cisco NX-OS software is forced to resend a packet through the same interface on which it was received.

Displays the running configuration information for BFD.

bfd interval

form of this command.

Syntax Description

ipv4

(Optional) Configures BFD session parameters for the IPv4 address.

ipv6

(Optional) Configures BFD session parameters for the IPv6 address.

argument is from 50 to 999 milliseconds.

argument is from 50 to 999 milliseconds.

argument is from 3 to 50.

Command Default

multiplier: 3

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

The IPv6 option was introduced.

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

BFD session parameters configured at the interface level take precedence over the globally configured BFD session parameters. This command is applicable for SVIs also.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the BFD session parameters for an IPv4 address over the Ethernet interface 1/3:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/3

switch(config-if)# bfd ipv4 interval 350 min_rx 320 multiplier 5

switch(config-if)#

This example shows how to set the BFD session parameters for an IPv6 address over the Ethernet interface 1/3:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/3

switch(config-if)# bfd ipv6 interval 50 min_rx 50 multiplier 3

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the BFD feature.

Displays information about BFD neighbors.

Displays the running configuration information for BFD.

bfd ipv4

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

BFD is enabled by default on the interface (when it is configured by an application).

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command is used to explicitly disable BFD on a per-interface basis.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD on an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# bfd ipv4

switch(config-if)#

This example shows how to disable BFD on an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# no bfd ipv4

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BFD on the switch.

Displays the running configuration information for BFD.

bfd optimize subinterfaces

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can optimize subinterfaces because BFD creates sessions for all configured subinterfaces. BFD sets the subinterface with the lowest configured VLAN ID as the master subinterface and that subinterface uses the BFD session parameters of the parent interface. The remaining subinterfaces use the slow timer. If the master subinterface session detects an error, BFD marks all subinterfaces on that physical interface as down.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable subinterface optimization:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface Ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# bfd optimize subinterfaces

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the BFD feature.

Displays the running configuration information for BFD.

bfd slow-timer

form of this command.

Syntax Description

ipv4

(Optional) Configures the BFD slow timer value for an IPv4 address.

ipv6

(Optional) Configures the BFD slow timer value for an IPv6 address.

BFD slow timer value, in milliseconds. The range is from 1000 to 30000.

Command Default

The default BFD slow timer value is 2000 milliseconds.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

The ipv6 option was introduced.

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to configure how fast a BFD session comes up. This value also sets the RequiredMinRx (or min_rx) value when echo mode is enabled.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows that the BFD slow timer value is configured to 14,000 milliseconds:

switch(config)# bfd ipv6 slow-timer 14000

This example shows that the BFD slow timer value of 14,000 milliseconds has been implemented. The values for the MinTxInt and MinRxInt will correspond to the configured value for the BFD slow timer. The relevant command output is shown in bold.

switch# show bfd neighbors details

OurAddr NeighAddr LD/RD RH/RS Holdown(mult) State Int

192.0.10.1 192.0.10.2 1/1 Up 0 (3 ) Up Eth1/1

Session is UP and using echo function with 250 ms interval

Local Diag: 0, Demand mode: 0, Poll bit: 0

MinTxInt: 14000, MinRxInt: 14000, Multiplier: 3

Received MinRxInt: 10000, Received Multiplier: 3

Holdown (hits): 3600(0), Hello (hits): 1200(418)

Rx Count: 422, Rx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 1/1480/1087 last: 112 ms ago

Tx Count: 420, Tx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 1/2088/1090 last: 872 ms ago

Registered protocols: OSPF

Uptime: 00:07:37

Last packet: Version: 1 - Diagnostic: 0

State bit: Up - Demand bit: 0

Poll bit: 0 - Final bit: 0

Multiplier: 3 - Length: 24

My Discr.: 1 - Your Discr.: 1

Min tx interval: 14000 - Min rx interval: 14000

Min Echo interval: 4000

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BFD echo mode.

Enables the BFD feature.

Displays the running configuration information for BFD.

capability additional-paths receive

To configure the receive additional paths capability for the specified neighbor, use the capability additional-paths receive command in neighbor address family configuration mode or peer policy template configuration mode. To disable the capability of receiving additional paths, use the no form of this command.

capability additional-paths receive [disable]

no capability additional-paths receive [disable]

Syntax Description

disable

(Optional) Overrides any address family configuration that enables receiving additional paths.

Command Default

Capability of receiving additional paths is disabled.

Command Modes

Neighbor address family configuration (config-router-af)

VRF Neighbor address family configuration

Neighbor VPN address family configuration

Neighbor IPv6 labeled-unicast address-family configuration

Peer policy template configuration (config-router-ptmp)

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the capability additional-paths receive command to selectively enable or disable the additional paths receive capability negotiation for a particular neighbor. The ability to send and receive additional paths is negotiated between two BGP neighbors during session establishment.

To advertise additional paths, you also need to:

- Configure the additional-paths receive command in global address-family configuration mode.

- Advertise the paths (other than best-path) by using the set path-selection command.

Use the capability additional-paths receive disable command to override template or address family configurations that enable receiving additional paths.

Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to display whether neighbors are capable of sending or receiving additional paths.

Any changes to this command take effect only after the next session is established and does not cause the tear down of any currently established sessions. You must restart any currently established BGP sessions for the new configuration to take effect. Use the clear bgp command to restart sessions.

Examples

In the following example, additional paths can be sent and received for the specified neighbor:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# neighbor 2001:db8::1037

switch (config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths send

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths receive

In the following example, additional paths can be sent and received for the address family, but the specified neighbor is disabled from sending or receiving additional paths:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths send

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths receive

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths selection route-map add_path4

switch (config-router-af)# neighbor 2001:db8::1037

switch (config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths send disable

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths receive disable

In the following example, the send and receive capability of the neighbor overrides the receive-only capability of the address family:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths receive

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths selection route-map add_path4

switch (config-router-af)# neighbor 2001:db8::1037

switch (config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths send

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths receive

In the following example, additional paths can be sent and received by a neighbor using the specified template:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# template peer-policy rr-client-pt1

switch (config-router-ptmp)# capability additional-paths send

switch (config-router-ptmp)# capability additional-paths receive

Related Commands

Command

Description

additional-paths receive

Enables BGP additional paths for a prefix to be received from a capable peer.

set path-selection all advertise

Advertises all BGP paths as additional paths to peers if the receive capability is enabled.

show ip bgp

Displays information about BGP networks, including path selections and path IDs.

show ip bgp neighbors

Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections of neighbors.

capability additional-paths send

To configure the send additional paths capability for the specified neighbor, use the capability additional-paths send command in neighbor address family configuration mode or peer policy template configuration mode. To disable the capability of sending additional paths, use the no form of the command.

capability additional-paths send [disable]

no capability additional-paths send [disable]

Syntax Description

disable

(Optional) Overrides any address family configuration that enables sending additional paths.

Command Default

Capability of sending additional paths is disabled.

Command Modes

Neighbor address family configuration (config-router-af)

VRF Neighbor address family configuration

Neighbor VPN address family configuration

Neighbor IPv6 labeled-unicast address-family configuration

Peer policy template configuration (config-router-ptmp)

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the capability additional-paths send command to selectively enable or disable the additional paths send capability negotiation for a particular neighbor. The ability to send and receive additional paths is negotiated between two BGP neighbors during session establishment.

To advertise additional-paths, you also need to:

- Configure the additional-path send command in global address-family configuration mode.

- Advertise the paths (other than best-path) by using the set path-selection command.

Use the capability additional-paths send disable command to override template or address family configurations that enable the sending of additional paths.

Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to display whether neighbors are capable of sending or receiving additional paths.

Any changes to this command take effect only after the next session is established and do not cause any currently established sessions to be torn down. You must restart any currently established BGP sessions for the new configuration to take effect. Use the clear bgp command to restart sessions.

Examples

In the following example, additional paths can be sent and received by the specified neighbor:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# neighbor 2001:db8::1037

switch (config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths send

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths receive

In the following example, additional paths can be sent and received for the address family, but the specified neighbor is disabled from sending or receiving additional paths:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths send

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths receive

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths selection route-map add_path4

switch (config-router-af)# neighbor 2001:db8::1037

switch (config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths send disable

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths receive disable

In the following example, the send and receive capability of the neighbor overrides the send-only capability of the address family:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths send

switch (config-router-af)# additional-paths selection route-map add_path4

switch (config-router-af)# neighbor 2001:db8::1037

switch (config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths send

switch (config-router-neighbor-af)# capability additional-paths receive

In the following example, additional paths can be sent and received by a neighbor using the specified template:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# template peer-policy rr-client-pt1

switch (config-router-ptmp)# capability additional-paths send

switch (config-router-ptmp)# capability additional-paths receive

Related Commands

Command

Description

additional-paths send

Enables BGP additional paths for a prefix to be sent to a capable peer.

set path-selection all advertise

Advertises all BGP paths as additional paths to peers if the receive capability is enabled.

show ip bgp

Displays information about BGP neighbors, including path selections and path IDs.

show ip bgp neighbors

Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.

clear bgp

command.

]

Syntax Description

Clears the BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.

Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.

Clears the BGP information for all address families.

Network address. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.

Clears all neighbors.

Autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Specifies a BGP peer template. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name or all VRF instances. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all BGP entries:

switch# clear bgp all *

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP routes.

clear bgp dampening

command.

]

Syntax Description

Clears BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.

Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.

Clears BGP information for all address families.

(Optional) Neighbor from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.

(Optional) Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears BGP information from all VRFs.

(Optional) Clears BGP information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears BGP information from the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear BGP route flap dampening information:

switch# clear bgp all dampening

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP dampening information.

clear bgp flap-statistics

command.

]

Syntax Description

Clears BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.

Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.

Clears BGP information for all address families.

for IPv4.

for IPv4.

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears BGP information from all VRFs.

(Optional) Clears BGP information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears BGP information from the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear BGP route flap statistics:

switch# clear bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP flap statistics.

clear bgp policy statistics aggregate-address

command.

}

Syntax Description

. The range is from 1 to 32.

Clears policy statistics for the advertise policy.

Clears policy statistics for the suppress policy.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear policy statistics for an aggregate address:

switch# clear bgp policy statistics aggregate-address 192.0.2.0/8

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP policy statistics.

clear bgp policy statistics dampening

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear policy statistics for dampening:

switch# clear bgp policy statistics dampening

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP policy statistics.

clear bgp policy statistics neighbor

command.

}]

Syntax Description

Neighbor address. The format is x.x.x.x.

(Optional) Clears policy statistics for the default originate policy.

Clears policy statistics for the neighbor filter list.

Clears policy statistics for the neighbor prefix list.

Clears policy statistics for the neighbor route map.

(Optional) Clears inboud policy statistics.

(Optional) Clears outbound policy statistics.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear policy statistics for an aggregate address:

switch# clear bgp policy statistics neighbor 192.0.2.1 filter-list in

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP policy statistics.

clear bgp policy statistics redistribute

command.

}]

Syntax Description

Clears policy statistics for directly connected routes only.

Clears policy statistics for Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP).

Clears policy statistics for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.

Clears policy statistics for the Routing Information Protocol (RIP).

Clears policy statistics for IP static routes.

keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name is an alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies the “all” VRF instance.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear policy statistics for RIP:

switch# clear bgp policy statistics redistribute rip 201

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP policy statistics.

clear forwarding route

command.

]

Syntax Description

Clears an IPv4 route.

Clears an IPv4 route.

(Optional) Clears all routes.

(Optional) IPv4 prefix. The IPv4 format is x.x.x.x/length.

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clears a route from the FIB:

switch# clear forwarding ip route 10.0.0.1/8

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the forwarding information.

clear forwarding inconsistency

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the Layer 3 inconsistency checker for all modules:

switch# clear forwarding inconsistency module all

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the FIB inconsistencies.

Triggers the forwarding inconsistency checker.

clear ip adjacency statistics

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the adjacency statistics:

switch# clear ip adjacency statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays adjacency information.

clear ip arp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) IPv4 source address. The format is x.x.x.x.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet subinterface port number. The range is from 1 to 48.

(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Subinterface number. The range is from 1 to 4093.

(Optional) Clears the entries from the ARP table without a refresh.

(Optional) Clears ARP statistics.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears the ARP information from all VRF entries.

(Optional) Clears the ARP information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears the ARP information from the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the ARP table:

switch# clear ip arp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about ARP.

clear ip bgp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Clears BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.

Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.

Clears the BGP information for all address families.

Network address. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.

Clears all BGP routes.

Autonomous system (AS) number. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Specifies a BGP peer template. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.

(Optional) Specifies a particular VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from all VRF entries.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all BGP entries for the IPv4 address family:

switch# clear ip bgp *

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays entries in the BGP table.

clear ip bgp dampening

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Clears BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

(Optional) Clears BGP information for the unicast address family.

(Optional) Clears BGP information for the multicast address family.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information for all address families.

(Optional) Neighbor from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.

(Optional) Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from all VRF entries.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear BGP route flap dampening information:

switch# clear ip bgp dampening

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP dampening information.

clear ip bgp flap-statistics

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Neighbor from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.

(Optional) Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from all VRF entries.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears the BGP information from the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear BGP route flap statistics:

switch# clear ip bgp flap-statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP flap statistics.

clear ip eigrp accounting

command.

}]

Syntax Description

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

(Optional) Clears the EIGRP accounting information from all VRF instances.

(Optional) Clears the EIGRP accounting information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears the EIGRP accounting information from the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the EIGRP accounting information:

switch# clear ip eigrp accounting

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays prefix accounting information for the EIGRP processes.

clear ip eigrp neighbors

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Clears all neighbors.

(Optional) Address of the neighbor.

(Optional) Clears the Ethernet interface from the neighbor table. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Clears the loopback interface from the neighbor table. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Clears the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number from the neighbor table. The range is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Specifies soft reset for the neighbors.

(Optional) Specifies a virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name is an alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears the EIGRP neighbor information from all VRF instances.

(Optional) Clears the EIGRP neighbor information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears the EIGRP neighbor information from the management VRF.

Command Default

When no autonomous system number, interface, or VRF instance is specified, all EIGRP neighbor entries are cleared from the table.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all EIGRP entries for neighbors on Ethernet interface 2/1:

switch# clear ip eigrp neighbors ethernet 2/1 vrf *

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about interfaces configured for EIGRP.

Displays the neighbors discovered by EIGRP.

clear ip eigrp redistribution

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name is a case-sensitive, alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears the redistribution information from all VRF instances.

(Optional) Clears the redistribution information from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears the redistribution information from the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear redistribution information:

switch# clear ip eigrp redistribution

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the EIGRP feature.

clear ip eigrp traffic

command.

}]

Syntax Description

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Clears the traffic statistics from all VRF instances.

(Optional) Clears the traffic statistics from the default VRF.

(Optional) Clears the traffic statistics from the management VRF.

Command Default

This command clears information for the default VRF if no VRF is specified.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the EIGRP traffic statistics:

switch# clear ip eigrp traffic

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the number of EIGRP packets sent and received.

clear ip interface statistics

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the IP interface statistics:

switch# clear ip interface statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays IP interface information.

clear ip ospf neighbor

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Instance tag. Specify as an alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.

Clears all neighbors.

Neighbor ID (as an IP address) of the neighbor to clear.

Interface from which to clear all neighbors.

Clears all neighbors on a loopback interface.

Clears all neighbors on a port-channel interface.

argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters, except “default” and “all”.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to find the neighbor ID.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all OSPF neighbor details for neighbor 192.0.2.1 for instance tag 201:

switch# clear ip ospf 201 neighbor 192.0.2.1

This example shows how to clear all OSPF neighbor details for all OSPF instances:

switch# clear ip ospf neighbor *

This example shows how to clear all OSPF neighbor details for all neighbors on Ethernet interface 1/2 for OSPF instance 202:

switch# clear ip ospf 202 neighbor ethernet 1/2

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays details for OSPF neighbors including the neighbor ID.

clear ip ospf policy statistics

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Instance tag. Specify as an alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.

Clears policy statistics for an area.

Area ID as an integer or IP address.

Specifies the policy statistics for filtered prefixes between OSPF areas.

Filters prefixes sent into this OSPF area.

Filters prefixes sent from this OSPF area.

Clears OSPF route redistribution statistics.

x.y, where the range is from 1 to 65535 for both x and y, or as a single integer, where the range is from 1 to 65535.

Specifies directly connected routes.

argument as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string.

argument as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string.

argument as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string.

Specifies static routes.

argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters, except “default” and “all”.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to to view the statistics that you are clearing.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all OSPF policy statistics for area 99 inbound filtered routes for OSPF 201:

switch# clear ip ospf 201 policy statistics area 99 filter-list in

This example shows how to clear all OSPF policy statistics for all BGP redistributed routes for OSPF 202:

switch# clear ip ospf 202 policy statistics redistribute bgp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays details for OSPF policies.

clear ip ospf redistribution

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name is a case-sensitive, alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies the “all” VRF instance.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear redistribution information:

switch# clear ip ospf redistribution

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the OSPF feature.

clear ip ospf statistics

statistics command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Instance tag. Specify as an alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.

argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters, except “default” and “all”.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to to view the statistics that you are clearing.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all OSPF event statistics:

switch# clear ip ospf statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays event statistics for OSPF.

clear ip ospf traffic

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Instance tag. Specify as an alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.

option to see the interface options.

argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters, except “default” and “all”.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to to view the statistics that you are clearing.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear OSPF traffic statistics for OSPF 100:

switch# clear ip ospf 100 traffic

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF traffic statistics.

clear ip rip policy statistics redistribute

command in any mode.

]

Syntax Description

Clears policy statistics for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

Clears policy statistics for directly connected routes only.

Clears policy statistics for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP).

Clears policy statistics for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.

Clears policy statistics for IP static routes.

keyword, an autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1.0 to 65535.65535.

keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and is case sensitive.

Command Default

This command has no default settings.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear policy statistics for EIGRP:

switch# clear ip rip policy statistics redistribute eigrp 201

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays policy statistics for RIP.

clear ip rip statistics

command in any mode.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the interface to clear topology entries.

(Optional) Specifies a particular virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The VRF name can be up to 32 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

This command has no default settings.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear all RIP statistics:

switch# clear ip rip statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays database and interface entry information for the RIP process.

clear ip route

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Clears all routes.

(Optional) Clears this route. The format is x.x.x.x.

(Optional) Clears this prefix. The format is x.x.x.x/length.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to clear individual routes from the route table.

Caution The * keyword is severely disruptive to routing.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the individual route:

switch(config)# clear ip route 192.0.2.1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays entries in the route table.

clear ip traffic

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the IP traffic information:

switch# clear ip traffic

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays IP traffic information.

clear sockets statistics

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Clears all the socket statistics.

(Optional) Clears the socket statistic for the raw IPv4 protocols.

(Optional) Clears the socket statistic for the TCP IPv4 protocols.

(Optional) Clears the socket statistic for the UDP IPv4 protocols.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear the TCP socket statistics:

switch# clear sockets statistics tcp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the socket statistics.

Displays information about the socket client information.

Displays information about the socket connection.

clear vrrp

command.

]}

Syntax Description

Clears VRRP statistics in a VRRP group on an interface. The range is from 1 to 255.

Specifies the interface whose statistics need to be cleared.

Clears VRRP statistics on the Ethernet interface. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

Clears VRRP statistics on the EtherChannel interface. The EtherChannel number is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Subinterface number. The range is from 1 to 4093.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to clear VRRP statistics from a specific Ethernet interface:

switch# clear vrrp vr 1 interface ethernet 1/5

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the VRRP feature.

client-to-client reflection

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Client-to-client route reflection is enabled by default; when a route reflector is configured, the route reflector reflects routes from a client to other clients.

Command Modes

Router address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to disable client-to-client reflection.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 50000

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 multicast

switch(config-router-af)# client-to-client reflection

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Places the router in address family configuration mode for configuring routing sessions that use standard IPv4 address prefixes.

Displays entries in the BGP routing table.

confederation

command.

Syntax Description

Sets the routing domain confederation autonomous system (AS) number.

Sets the peer AS numbers for a BGP confederation.

Autonomous system number. The AS number can be a 16-bit integer or a 32-bit integer in the form of <higher 16-bit decimal number>.<lower 16-bit decimal number>.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router VRF mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the confederation identifier:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 65536.33

switch(config-router)# confederation identifier 65536.33

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about BGP.

dampen-igp-metric

To configure dampening of IGP metric-related changes for redistributed routes, use the dampen-igp-metric command. To disable the function, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

Specifies the time interval in seconds. The range is from 20 to 3600. The default value is 600 seconds.

Command Default

Disabled.

Command Modes

Address family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The dampen-igp-metric command affects how BGP handles IGP metric changes reported for redistributed routes. BGP dampens these changes by processing them in a batched fashion with a 10 minute delay. This command allows the user to adjust that delay or remove it altogether for quicker response to these changes.

Examples

This example shows how to set a dampening interval of 100 for redistributed routes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 100

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# dampen-igp-metric 100

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the default metrics for routes redistributed into BGP.

dampening (BGP)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Time (in minutes) after which a penalty is decreased. Once the route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period (which is 15 minutes by default). The process of reducing the penalty happens every 5 seconds. The range of the half-life period is 1 to 45 minutes. The default is 15 minutes.

(Optional) Name of the route map that controls where BGP route dampening is enabled. The name argument can be any alphanumeric string of up to 63 characters.

Command Default

Disabled.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If this command is used with no arguments, it enables BGP route dampening.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the half life to 30 minutes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# dampening 30

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures BGP.

Clears BGP route flap dampening information.

Clears BGP route flap statistics.

Displays BGP dampening information.

dead-interval (OSPF virtual link)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Interval (in seconds) during which the router must receive at least one hello packet from a neighbor or that neighbor is removed from the peer list and does not participate in routing. The range is from 1 to 65535. The value must be the same for all nodes on the virtual link.

Command Default

40 seconds

Command Modes

Virtual link configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

) to detect a down neighbor faster and improve convergence. A shorter dead interval may lead to virtual link instability by incorrectly declaring a slow neighbor as down.

command to verify the dead interval.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the OSPF dead interval to 20 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ospf 201

switch(config-router)# area 99 virtual-link 192.0.2.4

switch(config-router-vlink)# dead-interval 20

switch(config-router-vlink)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Configures the interval between hello packets that Cisco NX-OS sends on the virtual link.

Displays OSPF virtual link information.

default-information originate (EIGRP)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Generates the default route if the route is not in the EIGRP routing information base.

(Optional) Generates the default route only if the route is permitted by the route map. The map name is an alphanumeric string of up to 63 characters.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to originate a default route (0.0.0.0/0) to all routes that pass the Condition route map:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 201

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# default-information originate route-map Condition

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters address-family configuration mode.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Sets the metric for routes redistributed into EIGRP.

Redistributes routes from other routing protocols into EIGRP.

Displays EIGRP information.

default-information originate (OSPF)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies to always advertise the default route regardless of whether the route table has a default route.

argument can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

Advertises the default route if the route is in the route table.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword to generate the default route regardless of whether the default route is in the route table.

Note The default-information originate command ignores match statements in the optional route map.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the default route redistributed into the OSPF routing domain for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Protocol (EIGRP):

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 109

switch(config-router)# redistribute eigrp 108 route-map EigrpPolicy

switch(config-router)# default-information originate always

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Redistributes routes from one routing domain into OSPF.

Defines a filter policy for routes.

Displays OSPF information.

default-information originate (RIP)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Generates the default route if the route is not in the RIP routing information base.

(Optional) Generates the default route only if the route is permitted by the route map. The map name is any alphanumerical string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to originate a default route (0.0.0.0/0) to all routes that pass the Condition route map:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router rip Enterprise

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# default-information originate route-map Condition

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters address-family configuration mode.

Sets the metric for routes redistributed into RIP.

Redistributes routes from other routing protocols into RIP.

Displays the routes in RIP table.

default-metric (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Minimum bandwidth of the route in kilobits per second. The range is from 1 to 16777215. The default value is 100000.

Route delay in tens of microseconds. The range is from 1 to 16777215. The default value is 100 (tens of microseconds).

Likelihood of successful packet transmission expressed as a number between 0 and 255. The value 255 means 100-percent reliability; 0 means no reliability. The default value is 255.

Effective bandwidth of the route expressed as a number from 1 to 255 (255 is 100-percent loading). The default value is 1.

Minimum maximum transmission unit (MTU) size of the route in bytes. The range is from 128 to 4352.

Command Default

loading: 1

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to use the same metric value for all redistributed routes. A default metric helps to solve the problem of redistributing routes with incompatible metrics. Whenever external metrics do not convert to EIGRP metrics, you can use a default metric to provide a reasonable substitute to the external metric and enable the redistribution to proceed.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to take redistributed Routing Information Protocol (RIP) metrics and translate them into EIGRP metrics with the following values: bandwidth = 1000, delay = 100, reliability = 250, loading = 100, and MTU = 1500.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# redistribute rip 100 route-map FilterRIP

switch(config-router-af)# default-metric 1000 100 250 100 1500

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Redistributes routes from one routing domain into another routing domain.

Displays information about EIGRP route map statistics.

default-metric (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Default metric value appropriate for the specified routing protocol. The range is from 1 to 1677214.

Command Default

The metric for redistributed, connected, and static routes is set to 25.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to configure the same metric value for all redistributed routes except static and directly connected routes. A default metric helps to redistribute routes with incompatible metrics. Whenever external route metrics do not convert to an OSPF metric, use a default metric to enable the redistribution to proceed.

Note The default-metric command does not apply to the redistribution of directly connected routes into OSPF. Use a route map to change the default metric for directly connected routes.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure OSPF to redistribute RIP and BGP and set the default metric to 10:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# default-metric 10

switch(config-router)# redistribute rip 109 route-map FilterRip

switch(config-router)# redistribute bgp 4 route-map FilterBgp

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Redistributes routes from another routing domain into OSPF.

Displays OSPF information.

default-metric (RIP)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Default metric value. The range is from 1 to 15.

Command Default

: 1

Command Modes

Router address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to use the same metric value for all redistributed routes. A default metric helps to solve the problem of redistributing routes with incompatible metrics. Whenever external metrics do not convert to RIP metrics, you can use a default metric to provide a reasonable substitute to the external metric and enable the redistribution to proceed.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to advertise Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routes using RIP and assign the OSPF-derived routes with a RIP metric of 10:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router rip Enterprise

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# default-metric 10

switch(config-router-af)# redistribute ospf 109 route-map FilterOSPF

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters address-family configuration mode.

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Generates a default route for routes redistributed into RIP.

Redistributes routes from one routing domain into another routing domain.

Displays the routes in RIP table.

delay minimum

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Minimum time (in seconds) to delay HSRP group initialization after an interface comes up. This period applies to all subsequent interface events. The default is 0 seconds.

Specifies the time period to delay HSRP group initialization after the router has reloaded. This period applies only to the first interface-up event after the router has reloaded. The default is 0 seconds.

Command Default

The HSRP delay default is 0 seconds.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The delayed HSRP initialization configuration allows the interface and router to stabilize after the interface comes up and helps to prevent HSRP state flapping.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a minimum delay of 3 seconds and a group initialization delay of 10 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 192.168.9.5 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# hsrp 1

switch(config-if)# delay minimum 3 reload 10

switch(config-if)# ip 192.168.0.100

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the HSRP configuration.

delay

form of this command.

]}

Syntax Description

Delays the object track state change for an up condition. The range is from 0 to 180 seconds.

Delays the object track state change for a down condition. The range is from 0 to 180 seconds.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Object track mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to delay when object tracking detects an up or down state change for a tracked object or track list. This delay helps to prevent state flapping.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the delay timer for a tracked object:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 1 interface ethernet 1/2 line-protocol

switch(config-track)# delay up 30 down 30

switch(config-track)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a tracked object or track list.

disable-peer-as-check

command.

Note You can configure the disable-peer-as-check command in the peer-template and it is inherited in neighbor configuration mode.

Syntax Description distable-peer-as-check

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes

Neighbor configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U5(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to :

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 66

switch(config-router)# neighbor 209.165.201.1 remote-as 64497

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# disable-peer-as-check

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP configuration.

distance (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Administrative distance for EIGRP internal routes. Internal routes are routes that are learned from another entity within the same autonomous system (AS). The distance can be a value from 1 to 255. The default value is 90.

Administrative distance for EIGRP external routes. External routes are routes for which the best path is learned from a source external to this autonomous system. The distance can be a value from 1 to 255. The default value is 170.

Command Default

external-distance: 170

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

An administrative distance is a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information source, such as an individual router or a group of routers. Numerically, an administrative distance is an integer from 0 to 255. In general, a higher value indicates a lower trust rating. An administrative distance of 255 means that the routing information source cannot be trusted and should be ignored.

command if another protocol is known to provide a better route to a node than was actually learned through the external EIGRP or some internal routes should be preferred by EIGRP.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the administrative distance of all EIGRP 1 internal routes to 80 and all EIGRP external routes to 130:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)# distance 80 130

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays EIGRP information.

distance (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Administrative distance for all routes local to this OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 255.

Command Default

110

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to set a distance for an entire group of routes or when you configure multiple routing protocols and you want to choose one set of routes over the other.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the distance to 200, making the route less reliable:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 1

switch(config-router)# distance 200

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF information.

Saves this configuration change to the startup configuration file.

distance (RIP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Administrative distance to be assigned to RIP routes. The range is from 1 to 255.

Command Default

: 120

Command Modes

Router address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to change the preference of RIP routes over other protocol routes. Numerically, an administrative distance is an integer from 1 to 255. In general, a higher value indicates a lower trust rating. An administrative distance of 255 means that the routing information source cannot be trusted at all and should be ignored.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the administrative distance for RIP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router rip Enterprise

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# distance 85

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters address-family configuration mode.

Redistributes routes from one routing domain into RIP.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

ebgp-multihop

form of this command.

Syntax Description

TTL value for eBGP multihop. The range is from 2 to 255. You must manually reset the BGP sessions after using this command.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

BGP neighbor configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

In some situations, an eBGP peer is not directly connected to another eBGP peer and requires multiple hops to reach the remote eBGP peer. You can configure the eBGP TTL value for a neighbor session to allow these multihop sessions.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the eBGP multihop value:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 1.1

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1 remote-as 1.2

switch(config-route-neighbor)# ebgp-multihop 2

switch(config-route-neighbor)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the BGP feature.

eigrp log-neighbor-changes

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Adjacency changes are logged.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable logging of neighbor changes for EIGRP process 209:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# eigrp log-neighbor-changes

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables logging of EIGRP neighbor changes.

Enables logging of EIGRP neighbor warnings.

Enables logging of EIGRP adjacency state changes.

eigrp log-neighbor-warnings

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Time interval (in seconds) between repeated neighbor warning messages. The range of seconds is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

Neighbor warning messages are logged.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to log neighbor warning messages for EIGRP process 209 and to repeat the warning messages in 5-minute (300 seconds) intervals:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# eigrp log-neighbor-warnings 30

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables logging of EIGRP neighbor changes.

Enables logging of EIGRP neighbor warnings.

Enables logging of EIGRP adjacency state changes.

eigrp router-id

command.

Syntax Description

Router ID in dotted decimal notation.

Command Default

EIGRP automatically selects an IP address to use as the router ID when an EIGRP process is started.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

The router ID is used to identify the originating router for external routes. If an external route is received with the local router ID, the route is discarded. The router ID can be configured with any IP address with two exceptions; 0.0.0.0 and 255.255.255.255 are not legal values and cannot be entered. You should configure a unique value for each router.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure 192.168.0.3 as a fixed router ID:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# eigrp router-id 192.168.0.3

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays a summary of the EIGRP processes.

eigrp stub

form of this command.

]

]]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Advertises directly connected routes. This is enabled by default.

(Optional) Allows dynamic prefixes based on the leak map.

(Optional) Sets the router as a receive-only neighbor.

(Optional) Advertises redistributed routes from other protocols and autonomous systems.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword does not permit any other option to be specified because it prevents any type of route from being sent.

keyword permits the EIGRP Stub Routing feature to send other routing protocols and autonomous systems. Without the configuration of this option, EIGRP does not advertise redistributed routes.

command, only the route types specified by the particular keyword are advertised.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the router as a receive-only neighbor:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)# eigrp stub receive-only

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays a summary of the EIGRP processes.

feature bfd

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to enable the BFD functionality.

Note The switch does not display any BFD commands until you enable the feature.

Note Before you enable the BFD feature, we recommend that you disable the sending of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) redirect messages by using the no ip redirects command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD functionality on the switch:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature bfd

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BFD for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

Enables the sending of ICMP redirect messages if the Cisco NX-OS software is forced to resend a packet through the same interface on which it was received.

Displays information about the features enabled on the switch.

feature bgp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the BGP feature before you can configure BGP.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable a BGP configuration:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature bgp

switch(config)#

This example shows how to disable the BGP feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no feature bgp

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP configuration information.

Displays the status of features on a switch.

Creates a BGP instance.

feature eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the EIGRP feature before you can configure EIGRP.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the EIGRP feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature eigrp

switch(config)#

This example shows how to disable the EIGRP feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no feature eigrp

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the features enabled on the switch.

Displays EIGRP configuration information.

Creates an EIGRP instance.

feature hsrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

The command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the HSRP feature before you can configure HSRP.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable HSRP on the switch:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature hsrp

switch(config)#

This example shows how to disable HSRP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no feature hsrp

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates and activates an HSRP group.

Displays the status of features on a switch.

Displays HSRP information.

feature ospf

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the OSPF feature before you can configure OSPF.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the OSPF feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature ospf

switch(config)#

This example shows how to disable the OSPF feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no feature ospf

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the status of features on a switch.

Displays OSPF configuration information.

Creates an OSPF instance.

feature pbr

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

6.0(2)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the PBR feature before you can configure policy-based routing.

This command requires the Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the PBR feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature pbr

switch(config)#

This example shows how to disable the PBR feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no feature pbr

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the status of features on a switch.

Assigns a policy-based route map to an interface.

Displays information about policy-based routing.

route-map

Creates a route map.

show route-map pbr-statistics

Displays statistics about policy-based route maps

feature rip

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the RIP feature before you can configure RIP.

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the RIP feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature rip

switch(config)#

This example shows how to disable the RIP feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no feature rip

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the status of features on a switch.

Displays RIP configuration information.

Creates a RIP instance.

feature vrrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enable the VRRP feature before you can configure VRRP.

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the VRRP feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature vrrp

switch(config)#

This example shows how to disable the VRRP feature:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no feature vrrp

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.

Displays the status of features on a switch.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Configures a VRRP group on an interface.

flush-routes (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to flush routes when an EIGRP instance restarts:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp Test1

switch(config-router)# flush-routes

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

flush-routes (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command, OSPF does not unregister and the OSPF routes will be stale. The OSPF routes are eventually removed from the unicast RIB after a timeout period.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to flush routes for an OSPF restart:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 202

switch(config-router)# flush-routes

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF information.

hardware ecmp hash-offset

To configure a ECMP hash-offset, use the hardware ecmp hash-offset command. To restore the ECMP hash default, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

number

The hash-offset value. The range is from 0 to15.

Command Default

Offset 0

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U5(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To avoid ECMP polarization in a multi-tier ECMP session, you must configure hash offset values on each tier.

You can use the ECMP hash-offset configured by using the hardware ecmp hash-offset command along with different universal IDs configured by using the ip load-sharing address command to produce various hash results in the load-sharing algorithm.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to limit the maximum number of drop adjacencies that are installed in the FIB:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware ecmp hash off-set 5

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the routing hash configuration.

Displays information about the running configuration.

hardware forwarding dynamic-allocation

command.

}

Syntax Description

Enables dynamic TCAM allocation.

Disables dynamic TCAM allocation.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword returns the TCAM to the default allocation if there are no routes in the reallocated blocks.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable dynamic TCAM allocation:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware forwarding dynamic-allocation enable

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about dynamic TCAM allocation for each module.

hardware ip glean throttle

To enable Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) throttling, use the hardware ip glean throttle command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Note We recommend that you configure the IP glean throttle feature by using the hardware ip glean throttle command to filter the unnecessary glean packets that are sent to the supervisor for ARP resolution for the next hops that are not reachable or do not exist. IP glean throttling boosts software performance and helps to manage traffic more efficiently.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable ARP throttling:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware ip glean throttle

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the running configuration.

hardware ip glean throttle maximum

To limit the maximum number of drop adjacencies that will be installed in the Forwarding Information Base (FIB), use the hardware ip glean throttle maximum command. To apply the default limits, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

Maximum count. The range is from 0 to 16383.

Command Default

1000 entries

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

If the maximum number of entries are exceeded, the packets for which ARP is not resolved continue to be processed in the software instead of getting dropped in the hardware.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to limit the maximum number of drop adjacencies that are installed in the FIB:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware ip glean throttle maximum 16383

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the IP glean throttle feature.

Displays information about the running configuration.

hardware ip glean throttle syslog

To generate a syslog if the number of packets that get dropped for a specific flow exceeds the configured packet count, use the hardware ip glean throttle syslog command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

Packet count. The range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

10000 packets

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

After the timeout period is exceeded, the drop adjacencies are removed from the FIB.

Note The Adjmgr generates a syslog for the configured packet count that will not be accurate to the dropped glean packets that are forwarded to the FIB. The drop statistics collected from the FIB in the software (Adjmgr) occurs every 2 minutes. The Adjmgr generates a syslog only after it receives the statistics from the FIB every 2 minutes only for the adjacencies where the drop count exceeds the configured packet count.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to generate a syslog if the number of packets that get dropped for a specific flow exceed the configured packet count:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware ip glean throttle syslog 1030

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the IP glean throttle feature.

Displays information about the running configuration.

hardware ip glean throttle timeout

To configure a timeout for the installed drop adjacencies to remain in the Forwarding Information Base (FIB), use the hardware ip glean throttle timeout command. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

Timeout value in seconds. The range is from 300 to 1800.

Command Default

300 seconds

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

The timeout value (seconds) must be in multiples of 30.

After the timeout period is exceeded, the drop adjacencies are removed from the FIB.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to limit the maximum number of drop adjacencies that are installed in the FIB:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware ip glean throttle timeout 300

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the IP glean throttle feature.

Displays information about the running configuration.

hardware profile ecmp auto-recovery threshold

To configure the threshold for ECMP recovery, use the hardware profile ecmp auto-recovery threshold command.

hardware profile ecmp auto-recovery threshold percentage

Syntax Description

ecmp auto-recovery threshold percentage

Threshold limit for ECMP recovery. It triggers ECMP recovery when the configured percentage of the ECMP table becomes free. The range is from 1 to 100.

The maximum ECMP table size is 64 for Cisco Nexus 3000 Series switches and 256 for Cisco Nexus 3100 Series switches. Hence, for instance, if the configured percentage value is 1%, ECMP recovery for Cisco Nexus 3000 Series switches begins when 1 entry is available, whereas for Cisco Nexus 3100 Series switches, ECMP recovery begins only when 2 entries are available.

Defaults

ECMP recovery is disabled by default.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the threshold for ECMP recovery:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware profile ecmp auto-recovery threshold 15

switch(config)# exit

switch# copy running-config startup-config

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the running configuration.

hardware profile ucast6 lpm-65-to-127-max-limit

Command

Description

hardware profile multicast max-limit

Sets the maximum number of entries in the multicast routing table.

show hardware profile status

Displays information about the multicast and unicast routing table limits.

To reserve unicast IPv6 entries of mask length 65 to 127 for the LPM table, use the hardware profile ucast6 lpm-65-to-127-max-limit command.

hardware profile ucast6 lpm-65-to-127-max-limit max-limit

Syntax Description

lpm-65-to-127-max-limit max-limit

Maximum limit for the unicast IPv6 lpm-65-to-127 entries for Cisco Nexus 3100 Series switches. The range is from 0 to 4096.

If Unicast Reverse Path Forwarding (UPRF) is enabled, only half of max-limit is configured for IPv6 lpm-65-to-127 routes. The other half of max-limit is used for UPRF.

Defaults

256 entries. If UPRF is enabled, only 128 entries are reserved for IPv6 lpm-65-to-127 routes. If UPRF is disabled, then 256 entries are reserved for IPv6 lpm-65-to-127 routes.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the hardware profile ucast6 lpm-65-to127-max-limit command to reserve LPM table entries for IPv6 routes of mask length 65 to 127. This is applicable only to Cisco Nexus 3100 Series switches.

After running this command, run the copy running-config startup-config command and reload command for this configuration to become applicable.

This example shows how to reserve the maximum number of unicast IPv6 entries in the LPM table:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware profile ucast6 lpm-65-to-127-max-limit 4096

Warning: Please copy running-config to startup-config and reload the switch to apply changes.

switch(config)# exit

switch# copy running-config startup-config

switch# reload

Related Commands

Command

Description

hardware profile multicast max-limit

Sets the maximum number of entries in the multicast routing table.

show hardware profile status

Displays information about the multicast and unicast routing table limits.

hardware profile ucast6 max-limit

To set the maximum number of unicast IPv6 entry limit for the host table, use the hardware profile ucast6 max-limit command.

hardware profile ucast6 max-limit max-limit

Syntax Description

max-limit max-limit

Maximum limit for the unicast IPv6 entries. The range is from 0 to 8000.

Defaults

4000

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the hardware profile ucast6 max-limit command to limit the maximum number of host entries in the host table.

After setting the limit for multicast and IPv6 in the host table, the remaining number of entries are allocated for IPv4 host entries.

Note A limit set by using the hardware profile multicast max-limit command overrides the limit set by using the hardware profile ucast6 max-limit command.

This example shows how to set the maximum number of unicast IPv6 entry limit in the host table:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware profile ucast6 max-limit 2500

Warning!!: The host (v4 & v6) unicast route limits have been changed.

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

hardware profile multicast max-limit

Sets the maximum number of entries in the multicast routing table.

show hardware profile status

Displays information about the multicast and unicast routing table limits.

hardware profile unicast enable-host-ecmp

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Specifies to enable ECMP for only the IPv4 host routes.

ipv6

Specifies to enable ECMP for only the IPv6 routes.

arp-nd

Specifies to retain ARP (IPv4) and ND (IPv6) routes in the host table.

ipv4 arp

Specifies to retain ARP routes in the host table.

ipv6 nd

Specifies to retain ND routes in the host table.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

5.0(3)U5(1d)

Added the ability to enable or disable ECMP separately for IPv4 host routes or IPv6 host routes.

6.0(2)U2(1)

Added the ability to retain ARP and ND entries in the host table.

Usage Guidelines

When you enable ECMP support, all unicast prefix and unicast host routes are programmed into the longest-prefix match algorithm (LPM) table. When you want to retain the ARP, ND, or both ARP and ND routes in the host table and store the rest of the routes in the LPM table, use the arp, nd, or arp-nd options.

Note Before you use this command, we recommend that you disable URPF globally on the switch using the system urpf disable command and then save the configuration and reload the switch. Disabling URPF globally extends the LPM table size.

After running this command, run the copy running-config startup-config command and the reload command for this configuration to become applicable.

Examples

This example shows how to disable URPF and configure ECMP for host routes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# system urpf disable

switch(config)# hardware profile unicast enable-host-ecmp

switch(config)# copy running-config startup-config

switch(config)# reload

This example shows how to disable URPF and configure ECMP for only IPv6 host routes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# system urpf disable

switch(config)# hardware profile unicast enable-host-ecmp ipv6

switch(config)# copy running-config startup-config

switch(config)# reload

This example show how to disable ECMP for host routes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no hardware profile unicast enable-host-ecmp

switch(config)# copy running-config startup-config

switch(config)# reload

This example show how to disable ECMP for only IPv6 host routes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no hardware profile unicast enable-host-ecmp ipv6

switch(config)# copy running-config startup-config

switch(config)# reload

This example show how to retain ARP and ND routes in the host table:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware profile unicast enable-host-ecmp arp-nd

switch(config)# copy running-config startup-config

switch(config)# reload

Command History

Command

Description

Enables the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) on the switch.

Displays the entries of the unicast & multicast routing table in the hardware

Displays the running system configuration.

Disables URPF on the switch.

hardware profile unicast syslog-threshold

form of this command.

no hardware profile unicast syslog-threshold

Syntax Description

Percentage of table capacity. The range is from 1 to 100. The default value is 90 percent.

Defaults

The unicast route table threshold is 90 percent.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the syslog threshold to 20 percent for the unicast route table:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# hardware profile unicast syslog-threshold 20

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Copies the running configuration to the startup configuration file.

Displays the information for the running configuration.

hello-interval (OSPF virtual link)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Hello interval (in seconds). The value must be the same for all nodes on a specific virtual link. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

10 seconds

Command Modes

Virtual link configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A shorter hello interval detects topological changes faster but causes more routing traffic. The hello interval must be the same for all devices on a virtual link.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the hello interval to 15 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 202

switch(config-router)# ip ospf area 99 virtual-link 192.0.2.4

switch(config-router-vlink)# hello-interval 15

switch(config-router-vlink)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Sets the time period to declare a neighbor as down if the local device receives no hello packets.

Displays OSPF virtual link information.

hsrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Number of HSRP groups that can be configured on a Gigabit Ethernet port, including the main interfaces and subinterfaces. The range is from 1 to 255. The default value is 0.

(Optional) Sets the HSRP group for IPv4.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must globally enable HSRP before you can configure any HSRP options or create an HSRP group.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create and activate an HSRP group:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 0

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 192.168.0.5 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# hsrp 1

switch(config-if-hsrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the HSRP configuration.

Displays HSRP information.

Creates a virtual IP address for the HSRP group. The IP address must be in the same subnet as the interface IP address.

hsrp delay

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Minimum time (in seconds) to delay HSRP group initialization after an interface comes up. This period applies to all subsequent interface events. The range is from 1 to 10,000. The default is 0 seconds.

Time period to delay HSRP group initialization after the router has reloaded. This period applies only to the first interface-up event after the router has reloaded. The range is from 1 to 10,000. The default is 0 seconds.

Command Default

The HSRP delay default is 0 seconds.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The HSRP delayed initialization configuration allows the interface and router to stabilize after the interface comes up and helps prevent HSRP state flapping.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a minimum delay of 3 seconds and a group initialization delay of 10 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 192.168.0.5 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# hsrp 1

switch(config-if)# hsrp delay minimum 3 reload 10

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the HSRP configuration.

Creates HSRP groups.

Displays the HSRP delay information.

ip (HSRP)

form of this command.

]]

]]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Generates a link-local address from the link-local prefix and a modified EUI-64 format Interface Identifier, where the EUI-64 Interface Identifier is created from the relevant HSRP virtual MAC address.

(Optional) Virtual IP address for the virtual router (HSRP group). The IP address must be in the same subnet as the interface IP address. You must configure the virtual IP address for at least one of the routers in the HSRP group. Other routers in the group will pick up this address. The IP address can be an IPv4 address.

(Optional) Indicates that the IPv4 address is a secondary HSRP virtual address.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

HSRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you configure a virtual IP address, that address is the designated virtual IP address for the entire HSRP group. For IPv4 groups, if you do not configure a virtual IP address, the gateway learns the virtual IP address from another gateway in the same HSRP group. To allow HSRP to elect an active virtual gateway (AVG), you must configure at least one gateway on the LAN with a virtual IP address.

Configuring the virtual IP address on the AVG always overrides a virtual IP address that is in use.

command for an IPv4 HSRP group on an interface, the handling of proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) requests changes (unless proxy ARP was disabled). Hosts send ARP requests to map an IP address to a MAC address. The HSRP gateway intercepts the ARP requests and replies to the ARP requests on behalf of the connected nodes. If a forwarder in the HSRP group is active, proxy ARP requests are answered using the MAC address of the first active forwarder in the group. If no forwarder is active, proxy ARP responses are suppressed.

Note You must configure all HSRP options before you use the ip command to assign a virtual IP address and activate the HSRP group so that you can avoid authentication error messages and unexpected state changes that can occur in other routers when a group is enabled first and then there is a delay before the configuration is created. We recommend that you always specify an IP address.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to activate HSRP for group 10 on Ethernet interface 1/1. The virtual IP address used by the HSRP group is set to 192.0.2.10.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 192.0.2.32 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# hsrp 10

switch(config-hsrp)# ip 192.0.2.10

switch(config-hsrp)#

This example shows how to activate HSRP for group 10 on Ethernet interface 2/1. The virtual IP address used by the HSRP group will be learned from another gateway configured to be in the same HSRP group.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# hsrp 10

switch(config-if-hsrp)#

This example shows how to activate HSRP for group 2 on Ethernet interface 1/1 and creates a secondary IP address on the interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 20.20.20.1 255.255.255.0 secondary

switch(config-if)# ip address 10.10.10.1 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# hsrp 2

switch(config-if-hsrp)# ip 10.10.10.2

switch(config-if-hsrp)# ip 20.20.20.2 secondary

switch(config-if-hsrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the HSRP configuration.

Displays HSRP information.

ip address

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

.

Mask for the associated IP subnet.

(Optional) Specifies that the configured address is a secondary IP address. If this keyword is omitted, the configured address is the primary IP address.

Command Default

No IP address is defined for the interface.

Supported User Roles

Subinterface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Note Before you use this command, make sure that you use the no switchport command on the interface to use the Layer 3 features.

An interface can have one primary IP address and one secondary IP address.

command.

keyword allows you to specify a secondary IP address. Secondary addresses are treated like primary addresses, except the system never generates datagrams other than routing updates with secondary source addresses. IP broadcasts and Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) requests are handled, as are interface routes in the IP routing table.

Note When you are routing using the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) algorithm, ensure that the secondary address of an interface fall into the same OSPF area as the primary addresses. Make sure that the LAN Enterprise Services license is installed.

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the IP address 192.168.0.27 as the primary address and 192.168.0.5 as the secondary address for Ethernet interface 1/5:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 192.168.0.27 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if )# ip address 192.168.0.5 255.255.255.0 secondary

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration change to the startup configuration file.

Enables an interface for Layer 3 configuration.

Displays interfaces configured for IPv4.

ip arp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

format.

MAC address in one of the following formats:

- E.E.E

- EE-EE-EE-EE-EE-EE

- EE:EE:EE:EE:EE:EE

- EEEE.EEEE.EEEE

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Subinterface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command on Layer 3 interfaces and Layer 3 subinterfaces.

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a static ARP entry on interface Ethernet 1/2:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip arp 192.0.2.1 0150.5a03.efab

switch(config-if)#

This example shows how to configure a static ARP entry on a subinterface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# interface ethernet 1/1.1

switch(config-subif)# ip arp 192.0.2.1 0150.5a03.efab

switch(config-subif)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays ARP entries.

ip arp gratuitous

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Enables sending gratuitous ARP requests when a duplicate address is detected.

Enables ARP cache updates for gratuitous ARP.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable gratuitous ARP request on interface Ethernet 2/1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip arp gratuitous

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a static ARP entry.

Displays ARP configuration information.

ip arp syslog-threshold

form of this command.

no ip arp syslog-threshold

Syntax Description

Percentage of table capacity. The range is from 1 to 100. The default value is 90 percent.

Defaults

The IP ARP table threshold is 90 percent.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the syslog threshold to 20 percent for the IP ARP table:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip arp syslog-threshold 20

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Copies the running configuration to the startup configuration file.

Displays the information for the running configuration.

ip arp timeout

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time (in seconds) that an entry remains in the ARP cache. Valid values are from 60 to 28800, and the default is 1500.

Command Default

1500 seconds

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

to 1800 (higher than the default ARP aging time of 1500 seconds) on all VLANs. Cisco Nexus 3000 switch does not support per-VLAN cam aging timers.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the ARP timeout value to 120 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip arp timeout 120

switch(config)#

This example shows how to revert to the default ARP timeout value of 1500 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no ip arp timeout

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the ARP configuration, including the default configurations.

ip as-path access-list

form of this command.

Syntax Description

AS path access list name. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Rejects packets with AS numbers that match the regexp argument.

Allows packets with AS numbers that match the regexp argument.

Regular expression to match BGP AS paths.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can apply autonomous system path filters to both inbound and outbound BGP paths. Each filter is defined by the regular expression. If the regular expression matches the representation of the autonomous system path of the route as an ASCII string, then the permit or deny condition applies. The autonomous system path should not contain the local autonomous system number.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an AS path filter for BGP to permit AS numbers 55:33 and 20:01 and apply it to a BGP peer for inbound filtering:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip as-path access-list filter1 permit 55:33,20:01

switch(config) router bgp 65536:20

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1/16 remote-as 65536:20

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# filter-list filter1 in

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Assigns an AS path filter to a BGP peer.

Displays information about IP AS path access lists.

ip authentication key-chain eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Group of keys that are valid.

Command Default

No authentication is provided for EIGRP packets.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to complete the authentication configuration for an interface.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the interface to accept and send any key that belongs to the key-chain trees:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip authentication key-chain eigrp 209 trees

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the authentication mode for EIGRP on an interface.

Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

ip authentication mode eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Specifies Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the interface to use MD5 authentication:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip authentication mode eigrp 209 md5

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures the authentication mode for EIGRP in a VRF.

Copies the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Enables authentication for EIGRP and specifies the set of keys that can be used on an interface.

Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

ip bandwidth eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Bandwidth value. The range is from 1 to 2,560,000,000 kilobits.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure EIGRP to use a bandwidth metric of 10000 in autonomous system 209:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip bandwidth eigrp 209 10000

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the percent of the interface bandwidth that EIGRP can use.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip bandwidth-percent eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Percentage of bandwidth that EIGRP may use.

Command Default

: 50

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to change this default percent.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure EIGRP to use up to 75 percent of an interface in autonomous system 209:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip bandwidth-percent eigrp 209 75

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the EIGRP bandwidth value for an interface.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip community-list

form of this command.

}

Syntax Description

Configures a named standard community list.

Permits access for a matching condition.

Denies access for a matching condition.

(Optional) Autonomous system number and network number entered in the 4-byte new community format. This value is configured with two 2-byte numbers separated by a colon. A number from 1 to 65535 can be entered each 2-byte number. A single community can be entered or multiple communities can be entered, each separated by a space.

You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.

(Optional) Specifies the Internet community. Routes with this community are advertised to all peers (internal and external).

You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.

(Optional) Specifies the no-export community. Routes with this community are advertised to only peers in the same autonomous system or to only other subautonomous systems within a confederation. These routes are not advertised to external peers.

You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.

(Optional) Specifies the no-advertise community. Routes with this community are not advertised to any peer (internal or external).

You can pick more than one of these optional community keywords.

Configures a named expanded community list.

Regular expression that is used to specify a pattern to match against an input string.

Note Regular expressions can be used with expanded community lists only.

Command Default

Community exchange is not enabled by default.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command is configured for the specified neighbor. The BGP community attribute is defined in RFC 1997 and RFC 1998.

command in BGP neighbor fix-family configuration mode to enable a BGP community attribute exchange between BGP peers.

command.

community to apply an implicit permit to the community list.

Standard Community Lists

Standard community lists are used to configure well-known communities and specific community numbers. You can pick more than one of the optional community keywords.A maximum of 16 communities can be configured in a standard community list. If you attempt to configure more than 16 communities, the communities that exceed the limit are not processed or saved to the running configuration file.

You can configure up to 32 communities.

Expanded Community Lists

Expanded community lists are used to filter communities using a regular expression. Regular expressions are used to configure patterns to match community attributes. The order for matching using the * or + character is the longest construct is first. Nested constructs are matched from the outside in. Concatenated constructs are matched beginning at the left side. If a regular expression can match two different parts of an input string, it matches the earliest part first.

Community List Processing

When multiple values are configured in the same community list statement, a logical AND condition is created. All community values must match to satisfy an AND condition. When multiple values are configured in separate community list statements, a logical OR condition is created. The first list that matches a condition is processed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a standard community list where the routes with this community are advertised to all peers (internal and external):

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list standard test1 permit internet

switch(config)#

This example shows how to configure a logical AND condition; all community values must match in order for the list to be processed:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list standard test1 permit 65534:40 65412:60 no-export

switch(config)#

In the above example, a standard community list is configured that permits routes from the following:

- Network 40 in autonomous system 65534 and from network 60 in autonomous system 65412.

- Peers in the same autonomous system or from subautonomous system peers in the same confederation.

This example shows how to configure a standard community list that denies routes that carry communities from network 40 in autonomous system 65534 and from network 60 in autonomous system 65412. This example shows a logical AND condition; all community values must match in order for the list to be processed.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list standard test2 deny 65534:40 65412:60

switch(config)#

This example shows how to configure a named standard community list that permits routes from network 20 in autonomous system 40000.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list standard RED permit 40000:20

switch(config)#

This example shows how to configure an expanded community list that denies routes that carry communities from any private autonomous system:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list expanded 500 deny _64[6-9][0-9][0-9]_|_65[0-9][0-9][0-9]_

switch(config)#

This example shows how to configure a named expanded community list that denies routes from network 1 through 99 in autonomous system 50000:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list list expanded BLUE deny 50000:[0-9][0-9]_

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP.

Matches an community in a route map.

Configures BGP to propagate community attributes to BGP peers.

Sets a community in a route map.

ip delay eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Throughput delay, in tens of microseconds. The range is from 1 to 16777215.

Command Default

100 (10-microsecond units)

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to 100, the throughput delay is 1000 microseconds.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the delay to 400 microseconds for the interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip delay eigrp 1 40

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures the hello interval on an interface for the EIGRP routing process that is designated by an autonomous system number.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip directed-broadcast

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled; all IP directed broadcasts are dropped.

Command Modes

Subinterface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

An IP directed broadcast is an IP packet whose destination address is a valid broadcast address for some IP subnet but which originates from a node that is not itself part of that destination subnet.

A device that is not directly connected to its destination subnet forwards an IP directed broadcast in the same way it would forward unicast IP packets destined to a host on that subnet. When a directed broadcast packet reaches a device that is directly connected to its destination subnet, that packet is broadcast on the destination subnet. The destination address in the IP header of the packet is rewritten to the configured IP broadcast address for the subnet, and the packet is sent as a link-layer broadcast.

If directed broadcast is enabled for an interface, incoming IP packets whose addresses identify them as directed broadcasts intended for the subnet to which that interface is attached are broadcast on that subnet.

command has been configured for an interface, directed broadcasts destined for the subnet to which that interface is attached are dropped, rather than being broadcast.

Note Because directed broadcasts, and particularly Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) directed broadcasts, have been abused by malicious persons, we recommend that you disable the ip directed-broadcast command on any interface where directed broadcasts are not needed. We also recommend that you use access lists to limit the number of broadcast packets.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable forwarding of IP directed broadcasts on Ethernet interface 2/1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip directed-broadcast

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays IP information for an interface.

ip distribute-list eigrp

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Specifies the name of an IP prefix list to filter EIGRP routes.

Specifies the name of a route map to filter EIGRP routes.

Applies the route policy to incoming routes.

Applies the route policy to outgoing routes.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure the named route map or prefix list to complete this configuration.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a route map for all EIGRP routes coming into the interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip distribute-list eigrp 209 route-map InputFilter in

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a prefix list.

Configures a route map.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip eigrp shutdown

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to prevent EIGRP adjacency but keep the network address in the topology table.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable EIGRP on an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 201

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip eigrp 201 shutdown

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures an instance of EIGRP.

Configures an instance of EIGRP.

ip extcommunity-list

form of this command.

}

]

]

Syntax Description

Configures a named standard extended community list.

Denies access for a matching condition.

Permits access for a matching condition.

Specifies the generic specific extended community type.

Configures BGP to propagate the extended community attributes to other autonomous systems.

Configures BGP to propagate the extended community attributes to other autonomous systems.

(Optional) Autonomous system number and network number. This value is configured with a 4-byte AS number and a 2-byte network number separated by a colon. The 4-byte AS number range is from 1 to 4294967295 in plaintext notation, or from 1.0 to 56636.65535 in AS.dot notation. You can enter a single community or multiple communities, each separated by a space.

Configures a named expanded extended community list.

and can be a maximum of 63 characters.

Note Regular expressions can be used with expanded extended community lists only.

Command Default

Community exchange is not enabled by default.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Extended community values are configured as a 6-byte number. The first four bytes represent the autonomous system number, and the last two bytes represent a user-defined network number. The BGP generic specific community attribute is defined in draft-ietf-idr-as4octet-extcomm-generic-subtype-00.txt.

command in BGP neighbor fix-family configuration mode to enable extended community attribute exchange between BGP peers.

Once you configure a permit value to match a given set of extended communities, the extended community list defaults to an implicit deny for all other extended community values.

Standard Extended Community Lists

Use standard extended community lists to configure specific extended community numbers. You can configure a maximum of 16 extended communities in a standard extended community list.

Expanded Extended Community Lists

Use expanded extended community lists to filter communities using a regular expression. Use regular expressions to configure patterns to match community attributes. The order for matching using the * or + character is the longest construct is first. Nested constructs are matched from the outside in. Concatenated constructs are matched beginning at the left side. If a regular expression can match two different parts of an input string, it matches the earliest part first.

Community List Processing

When you configure multiple values in the same extended community list statement, a logical AND condition is created. All extended community values must match to satisfy the AND condition. When you configure multiple values in separate community list statements, a logical OR condition is created. The first list that matches a condition is processed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a standard generic specific extended community list that permits routes from network 40 in autonomous system 1.65534 and from network 60 in autonomous system 1.65412:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip extcommunity-list standard test1 permit generic transitive 1.65534:40

switch(config)#

All community values must match in order for the list to be processed.

This example shows how to configure an expanded extended community list that permits advertisements that contain a route target extended community attribute beginning with the pattern 100:.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip extcommunity-list expanded test2 permit 100:+

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP.

Matches an extended community in a route map.

Configures BGP to propagate community attributes to BGP peers.

Sets an extended community in a route map.

ip forward

To allow IPv4 traffic on an interface even when there is no IP address configuration on that interface, use the ip forward command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Beginning with Cisco NX-OS Release 6.0(2)U4(1), BGP supports RFC 5549, which allows an IPv4 prefix to be carried over an IPv6 next hop.

This command requires the Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how allow IPv4 traffic on an interface:

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# ipv6 address ABCF:1::3/64

switch(config-if)# ip forward

switch(config-if)#

ip hello-interval eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Hello interval (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

5 seconds

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the hello interval to 10 seconds for the interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip hello-interval eigrp 1 10

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip hold-time eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Hold time (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

15 seconds

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

We recommend that you configure the hold time to be at least three times the hello interval. If a router does not receive a hello packet within the specified hold time, routes through this router are considered unavailable.

Increasing the hold time delays route convergence across the network.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the hold time to 40 seconds for the interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip hold-time eigrp 209 40

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Configures the hello interval on an interface for the EIGRP routing process designated by an autonomous system number.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip load-sharing address

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Sets the load-sharing algorithm based on the destination address and port.

Sets the load-sharing algorithm based on the source and destination address.

(Optional) Sets the load-sharing algorithm based on the source and destination address and port address.

(Optional) Sets the random seed for the load sharing hash algorithm. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.

Command Default

IP source-destination address and port source-destination address

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the load-sharing algorithm to use the source and destination address:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip load-sharing address source-destination

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the load-sharing algorithm.

Displays the path the RIB and FIB select for a source/destination pair.

ip local-proxy-arp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Subinterface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command. The IP proxy ARP feature is disabled by default.

Note This command is not applicable to Layer 3 loopback interfaces.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the local proxy ARP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip arp local-proxy-arp

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Enables proxy ARP on an interface.

Displays ARP configuration information.

ip next-hop-self eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Command Default

EIGRP always sets the IP next-hop value to be itself.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to instruct EIGRP to use the received next-hop value when advertising these routes.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to change the default IP next-hop value and instruct EIGRP to use the received next-hop value:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# no ip next-hop-self eigrp 209

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip offset-list eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Specifies the name of an IP prefix list to filter EIGRP routes.

Specifies the name of a route map to filter EIGRP routes.

Applies the route policy to incoming routes.

Applies the route policy to outgoing routes.

Value to add to the EIGRP metric. The range is from 0 to 2147483647.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Cisco NX-OS adds the configured offset value to any routes that match the configure prefix list or route map. You must configure the named route map or prefix list to complete this configuration.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an offset list filter to add 20 to the metric for EIGRP routes coming into the interface that match the route map OffsetFilter:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip offset-list eigrp 209 route-map OffsetFilter in 20

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a prefix list.

Configures a route map.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip ospf authentication

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

argument can be a maximum of 63 alphanumeric characters.

(Optional) Specifies that message-digest authentication is used.

(Optional) Specifies that no authentication is used. Use this keyword to override any other authentication configured for an area.

Command Default

No authentication

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

configure the message-digest key for the interface.

The authentication that you configure on an interface overrides the authentication that you configure for the area.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure message-digest authentication:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf authentication message-digest

switch(config-if)# ip ospf message-digest-key 33 md5 0 mypassword

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables authentication for an OSPF area.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Assigns a password to be used by neighboring routers that are using the password authentication of OSPF.

Configures the OSPF MD5 message-digest key.

Displays OSPF information.

ip ospf authentication-key

command. To remove a previously assigned OSPF password, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

(Optional) Configures an unencrypted password.

(Optional) Configures a 3DES encrypted password string.

(Optional) Configures a Cisco type 7 encrypted password string.

Any continuous string of characters that can be entered from the keyboard up to 8 bytes.

Command Default

Unencrypted password

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The password created by this command is used as a key that is inserted directly into the OSPF header when Cisco NX-OS originates routing protocol packets. You can assign a separate password to each network on a per-interface basis. All neighboring routers on the same network must have the same password to be able to exchange OSPF information.

Note Cisco NX-OS uses this key when you enable authentication for an interface with the ip ospf authentication interface configuration command or if you configure the area for authentication with the area authentication command in router configuration mode.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an unencrypted authentication key with the string yourpass:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf authentication-key yourpass

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Specifies the authentication type for an OSPF area.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Specifies the authentication type for an interface.

Displays OSPF information.

ip ospf cost

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Unsigned integer value expressed as the link-state metric. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

Calculates the cost based on the reference bandwidth divided by the configured interface bandwidth. You can configure the reference bandwidth or it defaults to 40 Gb/s.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command in router configuration mode.

If this command is not used, the link cost is calculated using the following formula:

link cost = reference bandwidth / interface bandwidth

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the interface cost value to 65:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf cost 65

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Specifies the reference bandwidth that OSPF uses to calculate the link cost.

ip ospf dead-interval

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Interval (in seconds) during which the router must receive at least one hello packet from a neighbor or that neighbor adjacency is removed from the local router and does not participate in routing. The range is from 1 to 65535, and the default is 40. The value must be the same for all nodes on the network.

Command Default

command.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The dead interval value must be the same for all networking devices on a specific network.

Configure a shorter dead interval to detect down neighbors faster and improve convergence. Very short dead intervals could cause routing instability.

command to verify the dead interval and hello interval.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the OSPF dead interval to 20 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf dead-interval 20

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Specifies the interval between hello packets that OSPF sends on the interface.

Displays OSPF interface-related information.

ip ospf hello-interval

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Interval (in seconds). The value must be the same for all nodes on a specific network. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

10 seconds

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Shorter hello intervals allow OSPF to detect topological changes faster. This value must be the same for all routers and access servers on a specific network.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the interval between hello packets to 15 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf hello-interval 15

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Sets the time period for which hello packets must not have been seen before neighbors declare the router as down.

Displays OSPF information.

ip ospf message-digest-key

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Identifier in the range from 1 to 255.

Specifies the Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.

(Optional) Specifies an unencrypted password to generate the md5 key.

(Optional) Specifies an encrypted 3DES password to generate the md5 key.

(Optional) Specifies a Cisco type 7 encrypted password to generate the md5 key.

Alphanumeric password of up to 16 bytes.

Command Default

Unencrypted

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

value on the network.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set key 19 with the password 8ry4222:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf message-digest-key 19 md5 8ry4222

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables authentication for an OSPF area.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Specifies the authentication type for an interface.

Displays OSPF information.

ip ospf mtu-ignore

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

OSPF MTU mismatch detection is enabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to disable this check and allow adjacencies when the MTU value differs between OSPF neighbors.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable MTU mismatch detection on received DBD packets:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf mtu-ignore

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays general information about OSPF routing instances.

Displays OSPF-related interface information.

ip ospf network

form of this command.

}

Syntax Description

Sets the network type as broadcast.

Sets the network type as point-to-point.

Command Default

Depends on the network type.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The network type influences the behavior of the OSPF interface. An OSPF network type is usually broadcast, which uses OSPF multicasting capabilities. Under this network type, a designated router and backup designated router are elected. For point-to-point networks, there are only two neighbors and multicast is not required. For routers on an interface to become neighbors, the network type for all should match.

} command in interface configuration mode.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set an OSPF network as a broadcast network:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 192.0.2.33 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# ip ospf network broadcast

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays general information about OSPF routing instances.

Displays OSPF-related interface information.

ip ospf passive-interface

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If an interface is configured as a passive interface, it does not participate in OSPF and does not establish adjacencies or send routing updates. However, the interface is announced as part of the routing network.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set an interface as passive:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf passive-interface

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays general information about OSPF routing instances.

Displays OSPF-related interface information.

ip ospf priority

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Number that specifies the priority of the router. The range is from 0 to 255.

Command Default

Priority of 1

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the router priority, which determines the designated router for this network. When two routers are attached to a network, both attempt to become the designated router. The router with the higher router priority takes precedence. If there is a tie, the router with the higher router ID takes precedence. A router with a router priority set to zero cannot become the designated router or backup designated router.

command in router configuration mode.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the router priority value to 4:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf priority 4

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures the OSPF network type to a type other than the default for a given medium.

ip ospf retransmit-interval

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time (in seconds) between retransmissions. The time must be greater than the expected round-trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.

Command Default

5 seconds

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When a router sends an LSA to its neighbor, it keeps the LSA until it receives an acknowledgment message from the neighbor. If the router receives no acknowledgment within the retransmit interval, the local router resends the LSA.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the retransmit interval value to 8 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf retransmit-interval 8

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Sets the estimated time to transmit an LSA to a neighbor.

Displays OSPF information.

ip ospf shutdown

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to shut down OSPF on an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf shutdown

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays OSPF information.

ip ospf transmit-delay

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time (in seconds) required to send a link-state update. The range is from 1 to 450 seconds, and the default is 1.

Command Default

1 second

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

OSPF increments the LSA age time by the transmit delay amount before transmitting the LSA update. You should take into account the transmission and propagation delays for the interface when you set this value.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the transmit delay value to 8 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip ospf transmit-delay 8

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Sets the estimated time between LSAs transmitted from this interface.

Displays OSPF information.

ip passive-interface eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Name of the EIGRP instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Command Default

Routing updates are sent on the interface.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you use this command to to stop all routing updates on an interface and suppress the formation of EIGRP adjacencies, the network address for the interface remains in the EIGRP topology table.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to stop EIGRP routing updates on ethernet 2/1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 201

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip passive-interface eigrp 201

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration in the startup configuration file.

Configures an interface as a Layer 3 routed interface.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

ip policy route-map

To identify a route map to use for policy routing on an interface, use the ip policy route-map command. To remove the route map, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

Name of the route map. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the ip policy route-map command to identify a route map to use for policy routing. Use the route-map command to create the rout map. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which policy routing is allowed for the interface, based on the destination IP address of the packet. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular policy routing actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. The no ip policy route-map command deletes the pointer to the route map.

You can perform policy-based routing on any match criteria that can be defined in an expanded IP access list when using the match ip address command and referencing an expanded IP access list.

You must enable policy-based routing with the feature pbr command before you can use the ip policy route-map command.

This command requires the Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a policy-based route map to an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature pbr

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# ip policy route-map policymap

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the policy-based routing feature.

route-map

Creates a route map.

show route-map pbr-statistics

Displays statistics about policy-based route maps.

ip port-unreachable

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Subinterface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the generation of ICMP port unreachable messages, as appropriate, on an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip port-unreachable

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sends ICMP unreachable messages.

ip prefix-list

form of this command.

]] [mask mask]

]] [mask mask]

Syntax Description

IP prefix list name. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Specifies the number to order entries in the prefix list. The range is from 1 to 4294967294.

Allows routes or IP packets that match the prefix list.

Rejects routes or IP packets that match the prefix list.

IP prefix in A.B.C.D/length format.

(Optional) Specifies the prefix length to match. The range is from 1 to 32.

(Optional) Specifies the prefix length to match. The range is from 1 to 32.

(Optional) Specifies the prefix length to match. The range is from 1 to 32.

mask mask

(Optional) Specifies the bits of a prefix address in a prefix list that are compared to the bits of the prefix address used in routing protocols during redistribution.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U3(1)

The mask option was introduced.

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keywords to either permit or deny the prefix based on the matching condition. A prefix list consists of an IP address and a bit mask. The bit mask is entered as a number from 1 to 32. An implicit deny is applied to traffic that does not match any prefix-list entry.

keyword.

statement is applied to that network and the rest of the list is not evaluated.

Tip For the best performance of your network, you should configure the most frequently processed prefix list statements with the lowest sequence numbers. The seq number keyword and argument can be used for resequencing.

You can use a prefix list to match the IP address in a route-map, which in turn is used in routing protocols during redistribution. The IP address is matched against the prefix list where the bits corresponding to the mask bit 1 are the same as the subnet provided in the prefix list.

By carefully setting masks, you can select a single, or several IP addresses for permit or deny tests.

The prefix list mask allows noncontiguous bits in the mask. You can thus define a range of even or odd numbered IP addresses.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a prefix list and apply it to a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip prefix-list allowprefix 10 permit 192.0.2.0 eq 24

switch(config)# ip prefix-list allowprefix 20 permit 209.165.201.0 eq 27

switch(config) router bgp 65536:20

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1/16 remote-as 65536:20

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# prefix-list allowprefix in

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

This example shows how to create an IPv4 prefix list with a match mask for odd IP addresses:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip prefix-list odd permit 0.0.0.1/32 mask 0.0.0.1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears counters for IP prefix lists.

Applies a prefix list to BGP peer.

Displays information about IP prefix lists.

ip prefix-list description

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Name of the prefix list. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Descriptive string for the prefix list. The string can be any alphanumeric string up to 90 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a description for an IP prefix list:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip prefix-list test1 description “this is a test”

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about IPv4 prefix lists.

ip proxy-arp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Subinterface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable proxy ARP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip proxy-arp

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Displays ARP configuration information.

ip redirects

from of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable ICMP redirect messages on a Layer 3 interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# no ip redirects

switch(config-if)#

This example shows how to disable ICMP redirect messages on a Layer 3 interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# no ip redirects

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) on the switch.

ip rip authentication key-chain

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Group of valid keys.

Command Default

No authentication is provided for RIP packets.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the interface to accept and send any key that belongs to the key-chain trees:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip rip authentication key-chain trees

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Creates a set of keys that can be used by an authentication method.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

ip rip authentication mode

form of this command.

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the clear text authentication.

Specifies the message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.

Command Default

Clear text authentication is provided for RIP packets if you configured a key chain.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the interface to use MD5 authentication:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip rip authentication mode md5

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Enables authentication for RIP Version 2 packets and specifies the set of keys that can be used on an interface.

Enables authentication for routing protocols.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

ip rip metric-offset

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Value to add to the incoming route metric for an interface. The range is from 1 to 15. The default is 1.

Command Default

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command allows you to add a fixed offset to the route metric of all incoming routes on an interface. For example, if you set the metric-offset to 5 on an interface and the incoming route metric is 5, then Cisco NX-OS adds the route to the route table with a metric of 10.

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a metric offset of 10 for all incoming RIP routes on Ethernet interface 2/1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip rip metric-offset 10

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Adds an offset value to incoming RIP route metrics.

ip rip offset-list

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Value to add to the incoming route metric for an interface. The range is from 1 to 15. The default is 1.

Command Default

Command Modes

Router address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an offset of 10 for all incoming RIP routes on Ethernet interface 2/1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip rip offset-list 10

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Adds an offset value to incoming RIP route metrics.

ip rip passive-interface

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

RIP updates are sent on the interface.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

While RIP stops sending routing updates to the multicast (or broadcast) address on a passive interface, RIP continues to receive and process routing updates from its neighbors on that interface.

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure Ethernet 1/2 as a passive interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip rip passive-interface

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

ip rip poison-reverse

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Split horizon is always enabled. Poison-reverse processing is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

By default, Cisco NX-OS does not advertise RIP routes out the interface over which they were learned (split horizon). If you configure both poison reverse and split horizon, then Cisco NX-OS advertises the learned routes as unreachable over the interface on which the route was learned.

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable poison-reverse processing for an interface running RIP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip rip poison-reverse

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

ip rip route-filter

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Associates a prefix list to filter RIP packets.

Associates a route map to set the redistribution policy for RIP.

Filters incoming routes.

Filters outgoing routes.

Command Default

Route filtering is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to use a route map to filter routes for a RIP interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip rip route-filter route-map InRipFilter in

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a route map.

Creates a prefix list.

ip rip summary-address

form of this command.

Syntax Description

IP prefix and prefix length to be summarized.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the summary address 192.0.2.0 that is advertised out Ethernet interface 1/2:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip rip summary-address 192.0.2.0/24

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

ip route

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

IP prefix and prefix length. The format is x.x.x.x/length. The length is 1 to 32.

to display a list of supported interfaces.

IP address of the next hop that can be used to reach that network. You can specify an IP address and an interface type and interface number. The format is x.x.x.x/length. The length is 1 to 32.

(Optional) Route preference that is used as the administrative distance to this route. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1.

(Optional) Assigns a route tag that can be used to match against in a route map. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 0.

(Optional) Specifies the object to be tracked.

(Optional) The vrf for next-hop if different from the present vrf.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Static routes have a default administrative distance of 1. If you want a dynamic routing protocol to take precidence over a static route, you must configure the static route preference argument to be greater than the administrative distance of the dynamic routing protocol. For example, routes derived with the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) have a default administrative distance of 100. To have a static route that would be overridden by an EIGRP dynamic route, you should specify an administrative distance greater than 100.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a static route for destinations with the IP address prefix 192.168.1.1/32, reachable through the next-hop address 10.0.0.2:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip route 192.168.1.1/32 10.0.0.2

switch(config)#

This example shows how to assign a tag to the previous example so that you can configure a route map that can match on this static route:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip route 192.168.1.1/32 10.0.0.2 tag 5

switch(config)#

This example shows how to choose a preference of 110. In this case, packets for prefix 10.0.0.0 are routed to a router at 192.168.0.4 if dynamic route information with an administrative distance less than 110 is not available.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip route 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.4 110

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches the tag value associated with a route.

ip router eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you use this command, make sure that you enable EIGRP on the switch.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the EIGRP instance for an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip router eigrp Base

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes in the startup configuration file.

Enables EIGRP on the switch.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

ip router ospf area

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

can be an alphanumeric string of 20 characters.

Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to enable authentication. The area ID can be either a positive integer value from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.

(Optional) Excludes secondary IP addresses.

Command Default

10 seconds

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an interface for OSPF:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip router ospf Base area 33

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF interface-related information.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

ip router ospf multi-area

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Instance tag. Specify as an case-sensative alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Identifier for the OSPF area where you want to add as another area to the primary interface. The area ID can be either a positive integer value from 0 to 4294967295 or an IP address.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you use this command, make sure that you enable OSPF on the switch.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a multi-area adjacency:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip router ospf Base area 33

switch(config-if)# ip router ospf Base multi-area 99

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Enables OSP on the switch.

Displays OSPF interface-related information.

ip router rip

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Before you use this command, make sure that you enable RIP on the switch.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the RIP instance for an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/2

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip router rip Enterprise

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Enables RIP on the switch.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

ip route static bfd

form of this command.

Syntax Description

keyword to display the supported interfaces.

Next-hop address for this static route, in dotted decimal notation.

Next-hop prefix for this static route, in dotted decimal notation.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to enable BFD on a static route.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable BFD for a static route:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# ip route static bfd ethernet 2/1 192.0.2.4

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the BFD feature.

ip source

To configure an interface IP address for Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) source IP field to route the ICMP error messages use the ip source command. To unprovision the IP address, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

Interface to handle ICMP error messages.

All neighbors on a loopback interface.

All neighbors on a port-channel interface.

icmp-errors

Specifies the ICMP unreachable, TTL-exceeded, or param-prob messages that need to be routed.

Defaults

Enabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an ethernet interface to where the ICMP error messages are routed:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/1 icmp-errors

switch(config-if)# exit

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sends ICMP unreachable messages.

Enables generation of ICMP port unreachable messages.

ip split-horizon eigrp

Command

Description

Enables the BFD feature.

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable split horizon an an Ethernet link:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# no ip split-horizon eigrp 209

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

ip summary-address eigrp

form of this command.

]

}

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

is used, the slash is required.

Summary IP address to apply to an interface in four-part, dotted-decimal notation.

IP address mask.

(Optional) Administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255.

(Optional) Specifies the leak map.

Command Default

No summary addresses are predefined.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an administrative distance of 95 on an EIGRP interface for the 192.168.0.0/16 summary address:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip summary-address eigrp 209 192.168.0.0/16 95

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP interface-related information.

ip tcp path-mtu-discovery

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable path MTU discovery for both IPv4:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip tcp path-mtu-discovery

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays ARP configuration information.

ip unreachables

command. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Subinterface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the generation of ICMP unreachable messages on an interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip unreachables

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sends ICMP port unreachable messages.

ipv6 nd

To configure IPv6 neighbor discovery (ND), use the ipv6 nd command. To remove the IPv6 ND configuration, use the no form of this command.

ipv6 nd {hop-limit hop-limit | managed-config-flag | mtu | ns-interval ns-interval | other-config-flag | prefix {A:B::C:D/LEN | default {0-4294967295 | infinite {infinite [no-autoconfig | no-onlink | off-link]}| no-advertise}} | ra-interval ra-interval | ra-lifetime ra-lifetime | reachable-time reachable-time | redirects | retrans-timer retrans-timer | suppress-ra [mtu]}

no ipv6 nd {hop-limit hop-limit | managed-config-flag | mtu mtu-size | ns-interval ns-interval | other-config-flag | prefix {A:B::C:D/LEN | default {0-4294967295 | infinite {infinite [no-autoconfig | no-onlink | off-link]}| no-advertise}} | ra-interval ra-interval | ra-lifetime ra-lifetime | reachable-time reachable-time | redirects | retrans-timer retrans-timer | suppress-ra [mtu]}

Syntax Description

hop-limit

Specifies the hop limit in the IPv6 header.

hop-limit

Hop limit. The range is from 0 to 255.

managed-config-flag

Informs hosts to use stateful address autoconfiguration to obtain address information.

mtu

Specifies the MTU size.

mtu-size

MTU size. The range is from 1280 to 65535.

ns-interval

Specifies the retransmission interval between sending the neighbor-solicitation messages.

ns-interval

Interval in milliseconds. The range is from 1000 to 3600000.

other-config-flag

Informs hosts to use stateful autoconfiguration to obtain non-address related information.

prefix

Specifies the IPv6 prefix to advertise in the router-advertisement message.

A:B::C:D/LEN

Specifies the IPv6 address prefix.

default

Specifies the prefix default parameters.

0-4294967295

Valid value for the life time.

infinite

Specifies the indefinite lifetime.

no-autoconfig

(Optional) Specifies no to use the prefix for autoconfiguration.

no-onlink

(Optional) Specifies not use the prefix for the onlink determination.

off-link

Indicates the prefix is offlink.

no-advertise

Specifies not to advertise the prefix.

ra-interval

Specifies the interval between sending the router-advertisement message.

ra-interval

Router-advertisement message interval. The range is from 4 to 1800.

ra-lifetime

Specifies the router lifetime of a default router.

ra-lifetime

Router-advertisement message lifetime. The range is from 4 to 1800. The value for the default router cannot be 0.

reachable-time

Specifies the advertised time when a node considers a neighbor is up after receiving a reachability confirmation.

reachable-time

Reachable time. The range is from 0 to 3600000.

redirects

Enables sending ICMPv6 Redirect messages.

retrans-timer

Specifies the advertised time between NS messages.

retrans-timer

Time between messages. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.

suppress-ra

Disables sending router-advertisement messages.

Defaults

retrans-timer–0

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure IPv6 neighbor discovery:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# ipv6 nd

switch(config-if)# ipv6 nd reachable time 30

This example shows how to remove IPv6 neighbor discovery:

switch(config-if)# no ipv6 nd reachable time 30

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

show ipv6 nd interface

Displays neighbor discovery interface information.

ipv6 route

To configure a static IPv6 route, use the ipv6 route command. To remove this static route, use the no form of this command.

ipv6 route ipv6-prefix/length {{next-hop-addr | next-hop-prefix} | interface | link-local-addr} [preference] [tag tag-id]

no ipv6 route ipv6-prefix/length

Syntax Description

ipv6-prefix/length

IPv6 prefix and prefix length. The format is A:B::C:D/length. The length range is from 1 to 128.

next-hop-addr

Next-hop address. The format is A:B::C:D.

next-hop-prefix

Next-hop prefix and length. The format is A:B::C:D/length. The length range is from 1 to 128.

interface

Interface to reach this route. Use ? to display a list of supported interfaces.

link-local-addr

IPv6 link-local address. The format is A:B::C:D.

preference

(Optional) Sets the route preference, used as the administrative distance to this route. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1.

tag id

(Optional) Assigns a route tag that can be used to match against in a route map. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 0.

Defaults

Disabled

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create an IPv6 static route:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ipv6 route 2001:0DB8::/48 2b11::2f01:4c

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures an IPv4 static route.

ipv6 route static bfd

To specify static route Bidirectional Forwarding Detection for IPv6 (BFDv6) neighbors, use the ipv6 route static bfd command in the global configuration mode. To remove a static route BFDv6 neighbor, use the no form of this command.

ipv6 route static bfd interface-type slot/port {next-hop-addr | next-hop-prefix}

no ipv6 route static bfd

Syntax Description

interface-type

Interface to reach this route. Use ? to display a list of supported interfaces.

next-hop-addr

Next-hop address. The format is A:B::C:D.

next-hop-prefix

Next-hop prefix and length. The format is A:B::C:D/length. The length range is from 1 to 128.

Defaults

No static route BFDv6 neighbors are specified

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a static route BFD for an IPv6 neighbor:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ipv6 route static bfd ethernet 1/3 2::2

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the current contents of the IPv6 routing table.

log-adjacency-changes (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Adjacency changes are not logged.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable logging of adjacency state changes for EIGRP 1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4

switch(config-router-af)# log-adjacency-changes

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Logs changes to neighbors for an interface.

Logs neighbor warnings for an interface.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

log-adjacency-changes (OSPF)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Provides all (DOWN, INIT, 2WAY, EXSTART, EXCHANGE, LOADING, FULL) adjacency state changes.

Command Default

The router sends a system message when the state of an OSPF neighbor changes.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the router to send a system message when an OSPF neighbor state changes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 209

switch(config-router)# log-adjacency-changes detail

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF information.

Saves this configuration change to the startup configuration file.

log-neighbor-warnings

command.

]

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Time interval (in seconds) between repeated neighbor warning messages. The range of seconds is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

Neighbor warning messages are logged.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to log neighbor warning messages for EIGRP process 209 and to repeat the warning messages in 5-minute (300 seconds) intervals:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# log-neighbor-warnings 30

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables logging of EIGRP adjacency state changes.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

low-memory exempt

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Some eBGP peers shut down for severe memory alerts.

Command Modes

Neighbor configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to exempt a neighbor from low-memory shutdown:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 1.0

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.0/24 remote-as 1.5

switch(config-router-af)# low-memory exempt

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP.

mac-list

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

MAC list name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

range is from 1 to 4294967294.

Allows the packet or route that matches a MAC address in the MAC list.

Blocks the packet or route that matches a MAC address in the MAC list.

MAC address to filter against.

(Optional) Portion of the MAC address to match against, in MAC address format.

Command Default

No match values are defined.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can match against the MAC list in a route map.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to create the Red MAC list:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# mac-list Red seq 1 permit 0022.5579.a4c1 ffff.ffff.0000

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a MAC address in a MAC list.

Displays information about a MAC list.

match as-number

form of this command.

]}

]}

Syntax Description

AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535.

(Optional) AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Specifies an AS-path access list to match AS numbers against. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) AS-path access list. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to provide a list of AS numbers or an AS-path access list using a regular expression. BGP uses this match criteria to determine the BGP peers that will be used to create a BGP session.

command is present in the route map.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a list of AS numbers:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map IGP2BGP

switch(config-route-map)# match as-number 64496, 64498-64510

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates an AS-path list.

Configures BGP peers.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

match as-path

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Autonomous system path access list. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Autonomous system path access list. You can configure up to 32 access list names.

Command Default

No path lists are defined.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command overrides global values.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route-map section with an explicit match specified.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example sets the autonomous system path to match BGP autonomous system path access list 20:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map IGP2BGP

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 20

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP community.

Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Automatically computes the tag value in a route map configuration.

Sets BGP community list (for deletion).

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Sets the BGP origin code.

Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match community

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description]

One or more community list names. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. You can configure a maximum of 32 community lists.

(Optional) Indicates that an exact match is required. All of the communities and only those communities specified must be present.

Command Default

No community list is matched by the route map.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route-map section with an explicit match specified.

commands applicable to BGP.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to match two BGP communities:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test2

switch(config-route-map)# match community bgpLow bgpHigh

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows that the routes that match community list 1 have the weight set to 200. Any route that has the standard community 109 only has the weight set to 200.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list standard bgpLow permit 109

switch(config)# route-map set_weight

switch(config-route-map)# match community bgpLow exact-match

switch(config-route-map)# set weight 200

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows the routes that match the community list 500. Any route that has expanded community 1 have the weight set to 150.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list expanded 500 permit [0-9]*

switch(config)# route-map MAP_NAME permit 10

switch(config-route-map)# match community 500

switch(config-route-map)# set weight 150

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a community list for BGP and controls access to it.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match extcommunity

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description]

One or more extended community list names. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. You can configure a maximum of 32 community lists.

(Optional) Indicates that an exact match is required. All of the communities and only those extended communities specified must be present.

Command Default

No community list is matched by the route map.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command in the route map is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route-map section with an explicit match specified.

commands applicable to BGP.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to match two BGP extended community lists:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test2

switch(config-route-map)# match extcommunity bgpLocal bgpRemote

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows that the routes that match the extended community list bgpLocal change from nontransitive to transitive:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip extcommunity-list standard bgpLocal permit generic nontransitive 1.9

switch(config)# route-map deletCommunity

switch(config-route-map)# match extcommunity bgpLocal exact-match

switch(config-route-map)# set extcommunity generic transitive 1.9

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a community list for BGP and controls access to it.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Configures BGP to propagate community attributes to BGP peers.

Sets an extended community in a route map.

match interface

form of this command.

}...]}

}...]]}

Syntax Description

Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Specifies the management interface. The interface number is 0.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Route next-hop addresses that are reached by one of the interfaces result in a match for the route map.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route-map section with an explicit match specified.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a list of interfaces:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1

switch(config-route-map)# match interface ethernet 2/1, ethernet 4/3

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

match ip address

form of this command.

...]}

...]}

Syntax Description

access-list-name...

Name of a standard or expanded access list. It can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. The ellipsis indicates that multiple values can be entered, up to 32 access lists.

...

Distributes routes based on a prefix list. The prefix list name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. The ellipsis indicates that multiple values can be entered, up to 32 prefix lists.

Command Default

No prefix lists are specified.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

7.0(3)I2(1)

The match ip address prefix-list command displays the message “invalid command.”

6.0(2)U2(1)

The access-list-name option was introduced.

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The access-list-name argument is supported in route maps for Policy based-routig (PBR) only.

argument.

Like matches in the same route map subblock are filtered with “or” semantics. If any one match clause is matched in the entire route map subblock, this match is treated as a successful match. Dissimilar match clauses are filtered with “and” semantics, so dissimilar matches are filtered logically. If the first set of conditions is not met, the second match clause is filtered. This process continues until a match occurs or there are no more match clauses.

Use route maps to redistribute routes or to subject packets to policy routing.

Redistribution

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.

Policy Routing

Another purpose of route maps is to enable policy routing. The match ip address command allows you to policy route packets based on criteria that can be matched with an expanded access list; for example, a protocol, protocol service, and source or destination IP address. To define the conditions for policy routing packets, use the ip policy route-map interface configuration command, in addition to the route-map global configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands. Each route-map command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match criteria—the conditions under which policy routing occurs. The set commands specify the set actions—the particular routing actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the match commands are met. You might want to policy route packets based on their source, for example, using an access list.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license..

Note Beginning in Release 7.0(3)I2(1), the match ip address prefix-list command displays the message “invalid command.”

Examples

This example shows how to match routes that have addresses specified by an access list test:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/10

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# exit

switch(config)# route-map chicago

switch(config-route-map)# match ip address test

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to match routes that have addresses specified by an access list test:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# feature pbr

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/10

switch(config-if)# ip policy route-map chicago

switch(config-if)# exit

switch(config)# route-map chicago

switch(config-route-map)# match ip address test

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Distributes any routes that have their next hop out one of the interfaces specified.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Automatically computes the tag value.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match ip multicast

form of this command.

]}

Syntax Description

. The network number can be any valid IP address or prefix. The bit mask can be a number from 0 to 32.

You can configure group, source, and rp options.

. The network number can be any valid IP address or prefix. The bit mask can be a number from 0 to 32.

You can configure group, source, and rp options.

. The network number can be any valid IPv4 address or prefix. The bit mask can be a number from 0 to 32.

You can configure group, source, and rp options.

(Optional) Specifies the multicast rendezvous point type.

(Optional) Specifies the any-source multicast (ASM) rendezvous point type.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

command, the prompt changes to the following:

switch(config-route-map)#

command.

You can configure both group and rp options.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the group IPv4 prefix and the length of the IPv4 prefix for the neighbors to match:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blueberry

switch(config-route-map)# match ip multicast group 192.0.0.0/19

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to specify both the group IPv4 prefix and the rendezvous point of the IPv4 prefix for the neighbors to match:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map raspberry

switch(config-route-map)# match ip multicast group 192.0.0.0/19 rp 209.165.201.0/27

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Distributes any routes that have their next hop out one of the interfaces specified.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Automatically computes the tag value.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match ip next-hop prefix-list

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Number or name of a prefix list. It can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. The ellipsis indicates that multiple values can be entered, up to 32 prefix lists.

Command Default

Routes are distributed freely, without being required to match a next hop address.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

argument.

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to distributes routes that have a next-hop router address passed by the prefix list test:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blue

switch(config-route-map)# match ip next-hop prefix-list test

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Automatically computes the tag value.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match ip route-source prefix-list

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Number or name of a prefix list. It can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters. The ellipsis indicates that multiple values can be entered, up to 32 prefix lists.

Command Default

No filtering on route source.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

argument.

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify only some data, you must configure second route map section with an explicit match specified.

There are situations in which the next hop and source router address of the route are not the same.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to distribute routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the addresses specified by access lists 5 and 80:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blue

switch(config-route-map)# match ip route-source prefix-list 5 80

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Automatically computes the tag value.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match metric

form of this command.

]]

]]

Syntax Description

Internal route metric. The range is from 0to 4,294,967,295.

Specifies a standard deviation range of the metric. The router matches any metric that falls inclusively in that range. The maximum size is 2 characters.

argument. The range is from 0to 4,294,967,295. There is no default.

Command Default

No match values are defined.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command in route-map configuration mode. To remove the entry for the redistributed route from the routing table, use the no form of this command.

argument. At least one of the specified metrics must match for the command to pass.

An ellipsis (...) in the command syntax indicates that your command input can include multiple values for the arguments.

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure second route map section with an explicit match specified.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute routes stored in the routing table with a metric of 5:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blueberry

switch(config-route-map)# match metric 5

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match mac-list

form of this command.

Syntax Description

MAC list name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

No match values are defined.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute routes stored in the routing table that match entries in the Red MAC list:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blueberry

switch(config-route-map)# match mac-list Red

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match route-type

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the external route (Border Gateway Protocol [BGP], Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol [EIGRP], and Open Shortest Path First [OSPF] type 1/2). You can specify more than one keyword.

Specifies the internal route (including the OSPF intra/inter area). You can specify more than one keyword.

Specifies the locally generated route. You can specify more than one keyword.

Specifies the nssa-external route (OSPF type 1/2). You can specify more than one keyword.

Specifies the OSPF external type 1 route. You can specify more than one keyword.

Specifies the OSPF external type 2 route. You can specify more than one keyword.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.

You can specify more than one keyword.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute internal routes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blueberry

switch(config-route-map)# match route-type internal

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to redistribute internal routes and type-1 OSPF routes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blueberry

switch(config-route-map)# match route-type internal type-1

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match tag

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

List of one or more route tag values. Each can be an integer from 0 to 4,294,967,295. You can configure up to 32 tags.

Command Default

No match tag values are defined.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

argument.

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute routes stored in the routing table with tag 5:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blueberry

switch(config-route-map)# match tag 5

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

match vlan

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Range of VLAN that this command matches against. The range is from 1 to 4094.

Command Default

No match VLAN values are defined.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command You can specify one or more VLANs (or) range of VLANs. At least one of the specified VLANs must match for the command to pass. The command matches any VLAN that falls inclusive in the range.

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute routes that match VLANs 5 to 10:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map blueberry

switch(config-route-map)# match vlan 5-10

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

max-metric router-lsa (OSPF)

form of this command.

]]

]]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Configures the router to advertise a maximum metric at startup.

(Optional) Maximum metric (in seconds) that is advertised for the specified time interval. The configurable range is from 5 to 86400 seconds. The default is 600 seconds.

name can be a maximum of 20 characters.

Command Default

Originates router link-state advertisements (LSAs) with normal link metrics.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command allows Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing tables to converge without attracting transit traffic (if there are not alternate lower cost paths to the router). The router advertises accurate (normal) metrics after the configured or default timers expire or after BGP sends a notification that routing tables have converged.

Note Directly connected links in a stub network are not affected by the configuration of a maximum or infinite metric because the cost of a stub link is always set to the output interface cost.

command in the following situations:

- Reloading a router. After a router is reloaded, Interior Gateway Protocols (IGPs) converge very quickly, and other routers may try to forward traffic through the newly reloaded router. If the router is still building BGP routing tables, the packets that are destined for other networks that the router has not learned through BGP may be dropped.

- Introducing a router into a network without routing traffic through it. You might want to connect a router to an OSPF network but not want real traffic to flow through the router if there are better alternate paths. If no alternate paths exist, then this router would still accept transit traffic.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a router that is running OSPF to advertise a maximum metric for 100 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 100

switch(config-router)# max-metric router-lsa on-startup 100

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to configure a router to advertise a maximum metric until BGP routing tables converge or until the default timer expires (600 seconds):

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 100

switch(config-router)# max-metric router-lsa on-startup wait-for bgp bgpTag

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays OSPF information.

maxas-limit

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Maximum number of AS numbers allowed in the AS-path attribute. The range is from 1 to 2000.

Command Default

No limit

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum number of AS numbers to 50:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# maxas-limit 50

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the BGP feature.

Creates a BGP instance.

maximum-paths (BGP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Configures the maximum interior BGP (iBGP) paths.

Maximum number of parallel routes that an IP routing protocol installs in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 32.

Command Default

Command Modes

Router address family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to allow a maximum of 16 paths to a destination for a BGP routing process:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# maximum-paths 16

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the BGP feature on the router.

Enables BGP.

maximum-paths (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Maximum number of parallel routes that EIGRP can install in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 32 routes.

Command Default

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Multiple paths are installed for both internal and external routes that are learned in the same autonomous system and that have an equal cost (according to the EIGRP best path algorithm).

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to allow a maximum of 10 paths to a destination:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)# maximum-paths 10

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

maximum-paths (RIP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Maximum number of parallel routes that RIP can install in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 32.

Command Default

Command Modes

Router address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to allow a maximum of 16 equal cost paths to a destination:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router rip Enterprise

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# maximum-paths 16

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters address-family configuration mode.

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

maximum-paths (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Maximum number of parallel routes that OSPF can install in a routing table. The range is from 1 to 32 routes.

Command Default

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Multiple paths are installed for both internal and external routes that are learned in the same autonomous system and that have an equal cost (according to the OSPF shortest path first algorithm).

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to allow a maximum of 10 paths to a destination:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 1

switch(config-router)# maximum-paths 10

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF information.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

maximum-prefix (BGP)

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Maximum number of prefixes allowed from the specified neighbor. The number of prefixes that can be configured is limited only by the available system resources on a router. The range is from 1 to 300000.

(Optional) Specifies the percentage of the maximum-prefix limit at which the router starts to generate a warning message. The range is from 1 to 100. The default is 75.

(Optional) Specifies the time interval (in minutes) that a peering session is reestablished. The range is from 1 to 65535.

(Optional) Allows the router to generate a syslog message when the maximum-prefix limit is exceeded, instead of terminating the peering session.

Command Default

interval, a disabled session stays down after the maximum-prefix limit is exceeded.

Command Modes

BGP neighbor address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The number of prefixes that can be configured is limited only by the available system resources on a router.

command allows you to configure a maximum number of prefixes that a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process accepts from the specified peer. This feature provides a mechanism (in addition to distribute lists, filter lists, and route maps) to control prefixes received from a peer.

keyword is configured, BGP sends only a log message and continues to peer with the sender.

There is no default limit on the number of prefixes that can be configured with this command. Limitations on the number of prefixes that can be configured are determined by the amount of available system resources.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the maximum prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.1.1 neighbor to 1000:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0

switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 1000

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to set the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.2.2 neighbor to 5000. The router is also configured to display warning messages when 50 percent of the maximum-prefix limit (2500 prefixes) has been reached.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0

switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 5000 50

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to set the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.3.3 neighbor to 2000. The router is also configured to reestablish a disabled peering session after 30 minutes.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0

switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 2000 restart 30

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to set the warning messages that are displayed when the maximum-prefix limit (500) for the 192.168.4.4 neighbor is exceeded:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0

switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 500 warning-only

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to set the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.1.3 neighbor to 1500.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.1.3 remote-as 64497

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 multicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# maximum-prefix 1500

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters BGP neighbor address-family configuration mode.

Configures a BGP neighbor.

Configures an IP prefix to advertise.

Displays BGP configuration information.

message-digest-key (OSPF virtual link)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Identifier in the range from 1 to 255.

Specifies Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.

(Optional) Specifies to use an unencrypted password to generate the md5 key.

(Optional) Specifies to use an encrypted 3DES password to generate the md5 key.

Alphanumeric password of up to 16 bytes.

Command Default

Unencrypted

Command Modes

Virtual link configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

value.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set key 19 with the password 8ry4222:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config-router)# area 22 virtual-link 192.0.2.2

switch(config-router-vlink)# message-digest-key 19 md5 8ry4222

switch(config-router-vlink)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures the authentication mode on a virtual link.

metric maximum-hops

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 255 hops.

Command Default

100

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

argument as unreachable.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a hop count to 200:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# metric maximum-hops 200

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Tunes the EIGRP metric calculations.

metric weights

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Type of service (ToS). The range is from 0 to 8.

Constants that convert an EIGRP metric vector into a scalar quantity. The arguments are as follows:

- k1—The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1.

- k2—The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0.

- k3—The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 1.

- k4—The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0.

- k5—The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0.

Command Default

0

1

0

1

0

0

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the metric weights to change the default values:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# metric weights 0 2 0 2 0 0

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the EIGRP bandwidth metric in interface configuration mode.

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Sets the EIGRP delay metric in interface configuration mode.

Displays EIGRP information.

neighbor

form of this command.

]}

]}]

Syntax Description

IP address of the neighbor in this format: A.B.C.D.

range is from 1 to 32.

(Optional) Specifies the autonomous system (AS) number of the neighbor.

Number of an AS that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along. The range is from 1 to 65535.

(Optional) Number of an AS that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router bgp configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command, the prompt changes to switch(config-router-neighbor)#.

From the BGP neighbor configuration mode, you can perform the following actions:

- address-family —Configure an address-family (router, neighbor, vrf). See the address-family (BGP) command for information.

- description description — Describes the neighbor. You can enter up to 80 characters including spaces.

- disable-connected-check —Disables the connection verification for the directly connected peer. Use the disable-connected-check command is to disable a check for an eBGP peer that is directly connected to the local router. BGP triggers a connection check automatically for all eBGP peers that are known to be single hop away, unless you disable this check with the disable-connected-check command. BGP does not bring up sessions if the check fails. BGP considers an EBGP peer ias a single hop away, if the eBGP peer does does not have the ebgp-multihop command configured (that is, the time-to-live(TTL) value is one).

- dont-capability-negotiate —Turns off the negotiate capability with this neighbor.

- dynamic-capability —Enables the dynamic capability.

- ebgp-multihop —Accepts and attempts BGP connections to external peers that reside on networks that are not directly connected.

Note You should enter this command under the guidance of Cisco technical support staff only.

- exit —Exits from the current command mode.

- inherit peer-session session-name —Configures a peer to inherit the configuration from another peer-session template. To remove an inherit statement from a peer-session template, use the no form of this command.

- no —Negates a command or sets its defaults.

- transport connection-mode passive —Allows a passive connection setup only. To remove the restriction, use the no form of this command.

- remove-private-as —Removes the private AS number from the outbound updates.

- shutdown —Administratively shuts down this neighbor.

- timers keepalive-time —Configures keepalive and hold timers in seconds. The range is from 0 to 3600. The default is 60.

- update-source { ethernet mod / port | loopback virtual-interface | port-channel number [ . sub-interface ]} —Specifies the source of the BGP session and updates. The range for virtual-interface is from 0 to 1023. The range for number is from 0 to 4096. The range for sub-interface is from 1 to 4093.

form of this command.

command must to enable IPv6 link-local peering for internal or external BGP sessions.

This command requires the Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a single-hop eBGP peering session between two BGP peers that are reachable on the same network segment through a local loopback interfaces on each router:

BGP Peer 1

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface loopback 1

switch(config-if)# ip address 10.0.0.100 255.255.255

switch(config-if)# exit

switch(config)# router bgp 64497

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.0.200 remote-as 64496

switch(config-router-neighbor)# update-source loopback 2

switch(config-router-neighbor)# disable-connected-check

switch(config-router-neighbor)#

BGP Peer 2

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface loopback 2

switch(config-if)# ip address 192.168.0.200 255.255.255

switch(config-if)# exit

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.100 remote-as 64497

switch(config-router-neighbor)# update-source loopback 1

switch(config-router-neighbor)# disable-connected-check

switch(config-router-neighbor)#

This example shows how to source BGP TCP connections for the specified neighbor with the IP address of the loopback interface rather than the best local address:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.0.0 remote-as 64496

switch(config-router-neighbor)# update-source Loopback0

switch(config-router-neighbor)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP on the router.

Creates a route map.

neighbor-down

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router bgp configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command applies to the accelerated handling of the following BGP path failure events:

- BFD failure detections for BGP neighbors

- Administrative shutdown of BGP neighbors (using the shutdown command)

Examples

This example shows how to configure accelerated hardware updates for IPv4 or IPv6 adjacencies of a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor when a BGP session goes down:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64497

switch(config-router)# neighbor-down fib-accelerate

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP on the router.

Configures a BGP process.

network

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

IP network address to advertise; use the following format: A.B.C.D.

IP prefix and the length of the IP prefix. Use the following format: A.B.C.D/length.

Configures the mask of the IP prefix to advertise in dotted 4-octet format.

(Optional) Specifies the name of the route map to modify attributes.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router bgp configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The IP prefix to advertise is considered as a best path and advertisement to peers only if a route of equal or more specificity is present in the routing table.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an IP prefix to advertise:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# network 2.2.2.2 mask 3.3.3.3 route-map test

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters the address family mode and configures submode commands for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

nexthop route-map

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Route map name. The name can be any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

BGP next-hop filtering allows you to specify that when a next-hop address is checked with the Routing Information Base (RIB), the underlying route for that next-hop address is passed through the route map. If the route map rejects the route, the next-hop address is treated as unreachable.

BGP marks all next hops that are rejected by the route policy as invalid and does not calculate the best path for the routes that use the invalid next-hop address.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a route map to filter the next-hop address:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map CHECK-BGP25 deny 10

switch(config-route-map)# match ip address prefix-list FILTER25

switch(config-route-map)# match source-protocol ospf-o1

switch(config-route-map)# exit

switch(config)# ip prefix-list FILTER25 seq 5 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 25

switch(config)# router bgp 1.0

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# nexthop route-map CHECK-BGP25

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP.

Configures the delay timers for BGP next-hop address tracking.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Displays an estimate of routing memory requirements.

next-hop-self

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

BGP neighbor address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires a LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the IP address of a router as the next-hop address:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 102

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.1.3 remote-as 64497

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# next-hop-self

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP.

Enters the BGP neighbor address-family configuration mode.

Displays BGP configuration information.

nexthop trigger-delay

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the critical next-hop trigger delay, in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 3000.

Specifies the noncritical next-hop trigger delay, in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10000.

Command Default

Noncritical delay: 10000 milliseconds.

Command Modes

Address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

value.

The delay should be slightly higher than the time it takes for the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) to settle into a steady state after some event (IGP convergence time).

This command requires a LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to modify the next-hop address tracking delay:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 1.0

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# nexthop trigger-delay critical 5000 non-critical 20000

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP.

Configures a route map for BGP next-hop address tracking.

no switchport

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure any Ethernet port as a routed interface. When you configure an interface as a Layer 3 interface, any configuration specific to Layer 2 on this interface is deleted.

command.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable an interface as a Layer 3 routed interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)#

This example shows how to configure a Layer 3 interface as a Layer 2 interface:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# switchport

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the running configuration to the startup configuration file.

Sets a primary or secondary IP address for an interface.

Displays interface information.

object

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Tracked object number. The range is from 1 to 500.

(Optional) Negates the state of an object.
keyword in a weight or percentage threshold list. You can use this keyword only in a Boolean list.

(Optional) Specifies a threshold weight for each object.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Tracking configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure an object track list that contains multiple tracked objects. A tracked list contains one or more objects.

The Boolean expression enables two types of calculation by using either “and” or “or” operators.

You can also configure an object track list that contains a percentage threshold.The percentage of up objects must exceed the configured track list up percent threshold before the track list is in an up state. For example, if the tracked list has three objects, and you configure an up threshold of 60 percent, two of the objects must be in the up state (66 percent of all objects) for the track list to be in the up state.

You can also configure an object track list that contains a weight threshold. A tracked list contains one or more objects. The combined weight of up objects must exceed the configured track list up weight threshold before the track list is in an up state. For example, if the tracked list has three objects with the default weight of 10 each, and you configure an up threshold of 15, two of the objects must be in the up state (combined weight of 20) for the track list to be in the up state.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a track list with an up weight threshold of 30 and a down threshold of 10:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 1 list threshold weight

switch(config-track)# threshold weight up 30 down 10

switch(config-track)# object 10 weight 15

switch(config-track)# object 20 weight 15

switch(config-track)# object 30

switch(config-track)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a track list for object tracking.

password (BGP)

from of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) MD5 authentication key. You can enter an unencrypted (cleartext) key, or one of these values followed by a space and the MD5 authentication key:

- 0—Specifies an unencrypted (cleartext) key

- 3—Specifies a 3-DES encrypted key

- 7—Specifies a Cisco Type 7 encrypted key

The key can be from 1 to 16 characters.

Neighbor password.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

BGP neighbor configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable an unencrypted key for a BGP neighbor:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 101

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1 remote-as 1.2

switch(config-route-neighbor)# password 0 myauthkey

switch(config-route-neighbor)#

This example shows how to disable an unencrypted authentication key for a BGP neighbor:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 101

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1 remote-as 1.2

switch(config-route-neighbor)# no password 0 myauthkey

switch(config-route-neighbor)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about BGP routes.

platform ip verify

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Drops IPv4 packets if the checksum is invalid.

Drops IPv4 packets if the packet fragment has a nonzero offset and the Don't Fragment (DF) bit is active.

Drops IPv4 packets if the IP fragment offset is 1 or if the IP fragment offset is 0 and the IP payload length is less than 16.

Drops IPv4 packets if the EtherType is not set to 4 (IPv4).

Command Default

All address tests are enabled.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to configure packet verification tests on IPv4 packets based on checksum or fragments.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to drop fragmented IPv4 packets:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# platform ip verify fragment

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on addresses.

Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on length.

Displays information about IP packet verification checks.

platform ip verify address

form of this command.

}}

}}

Syntax Description

Drops IP packets if the destination IPv4 address is 0.0.0.0.

Drops IP packets if the source IPv4 address is identical to the destination IPv4 address.

Drops IP packets if the IPv4 address is in the 127.x.x.x range.

Drops IP packets based on the IP source address.

Drops IP packets if the IP source address is 255.255.255.255.

Drops IP packets if the IPv4 source address is in the 224.x.x.x range.

Command Default

All address tests are enabled.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to drop broadcast IPv4 packets:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# platform ip verify address source broadcast

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on checksum or fragments.

Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on length.

Displays information about IP packet verification checks.

platform ip verify length

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Drops IPv4 packets where the Ethernet frame size is greater than or equal to the IP packet length plus the Ethernet header.

Specifies maximum IP packets.

Specifies the IP packets if the maximum fragment offset is greater than 65536.

Specifies the IP packets if the TCP length is greater than the IP payload length.

Specifies the IP packets if the IP payload length is less than the UDP packet length.

Specifies the IP packets if the Ethernet frame length is less than the IP packet length plus four octets (the CRC length).

Command Default

All address tests are enabled.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to drop minimum-length IPv4 packets:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# platform ip verify length minimum

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on checksum or fragments.

Configures IPv4 packet verification checks based on addresses.

Displays information about IP packet verification checks.

policy statistics enable (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Policy statistics are disabled.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable policy statistics gathering on OSPF 2:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ospf 2

switch(config-router)# policy statistics enable

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Shows policy statistics.

preempt (HSRP)

form of this command.

}]

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the minimum number of seconds that preemption is delayed to allow routing tables to be updated before a router becomes active. The default value is 0.

(Optional) Specifies the time delay after the router has reloaded. This period applies only to the first interface-up event after the router has reloaded. The default value is 0.

(Optional) Specifies the maximum number of seconds to allow IP redundancy clients to prevent preemption. When this period expires, preemption occurs regardless of the state of the IP redundancy clients. The default value is 0.

Command Default

The default delay time for all options is 0 seconds.

Command Modes

Interface configuration or HSRP template mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Specifying a minimum delay allows routing tables to be updated before a router becomes active. When a router first comes up, it does not have a complete routing table. A high-priority router will only delay preemption if it first receives a hello packet from a low-priority active router. If the high-priority router does not receive a hello packet from the low-priority active router when it is starting up, it assumes there is no active router for the group and becomes active as soon as possible.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a delay when a router becomes active when its priority is 110:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 0/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# hsrp 4

switch(config-if-hsrp)# priority 110

switch(config-if-hsrp)# preempt

switch(config-if-hsrp)# authentication text sanjose

switch(config-if-hsrp)# ip 10.0.0.3

switch(config-if-hsrp)# end

switch(config-if-hsrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the HSRP configuration.

Displays HSRP information.

preempt (VRRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

VRRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

VRRP enables you to preempt a virtual router backup that has taken over for a failing virtual router master with a high-priority virtual router backup that has become available.

By default, a preemptive scheme is enabled. A backup high-priority virtual router that becomes available takes over for the backup virtual router that was elected to become the virtual router master. If you disable preemption, the backup virtual router that is elected to become the virtual router master remains the master until the original virtual router master recovers and becomes the master again.

Note This preemption does not apply to the primary IP address.

If the virtual IP address is also the IP address for the interface, then preemption is applied.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable the backup high-priority virtual router to preempt the low-priority master virtual router:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 250

switch(config-if-vrrp)# preempt

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Configures a VRRP group.

priority (HSRP)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Interface priority for a virtual router. The range of values is from 0 to 255. If this router is the owner of the IP addresses, then the value is automatically set to 255. The default is 100.

(Optional) Sets the threshold for the virtual router.

(Optional) Sets the low threshold value. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1.

(Optional) Sets the upper threshold value. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 255.

Command Default

: 255

Command Modes

HSRP configuration or HSRP template mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

HSRP compares the priorities of all virtual routers in the HSRP group and selects the router with the numerically highest priority. If two virtual routers have equal priority, HSRP selects the router with the highest IP address.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a virtual router with a priority of 254:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 0/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# ip address 10.0.0.1 255.255.255.0

switch(config-if)# hsrp 3

switch(config-if-hsrp)# priority 254

switch(config-if-hsrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the HSRP configuration.

Displays HSRP information.

priority (VRRP)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Interface priority for a virtual router. The range of values is from 1 to 254. If this router is the owner of the IP addresses, then the value is automatically set to 254. The default is 100.

(Optional) Sets the threshold used by a virtual router.

(Optional) Sets the low threshold value. The range is from 1 to 254. The default is 1.

(Optional) Sets the upper threshold value. The range is from 1 to 254. The default is 254.

Command Default

The default value is 100. For switches whose interface IP address is the same as the primary virtual IP address, the default value is 254.

Command Modes

VRRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The priority determines whether or not a VRRP router functions as a virtual router backup, the order of ascendancy for the VRRP router to become a virtual router master if the virtual router master fails, the role that each VRRP router plays, and what happens if the virtual router master fails.

If a VRRP router owns the IP address of the virtual router and the IP address of the physical interface, then this router functions as a virtual router master.

By default, a preemptive scheme is enabled. A backup high-priority virtual router that becomes available takes over for the backup virtual router that was elected to become the virtual router master. If you disable preemption, then the backup virtual router that is elected to become the virtual router master remains the master until the original virtual router master recovers and becomes the master again.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the priority for a virtual router:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 250

switch(config-if-vrrp)# priority 2

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables VRRP.

Enables preemption on the virtual router.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Disables the VRRP configuration.

Configures a VRRP group.

protocol shutdown (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

The OSPF instance is enabled by default when configured.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable OSPF 209:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config) router ospf 209

switch(config-router)# protocol shutdown

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the running configuration for OSPF version 2.

reconnect-interval (BGP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

range is from 1 second to 60 seconds.

The default value of the interval is 30 seconds.

Command Default

30 seconds

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a reconnect interval for a BGP connection:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router) reconnect-interval 20

switch(config-router)# copy running-config startup-config

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP on the router.

redistribute (BGP)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Distributes routes that are directly connected on an interface.

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Redistributes IP static routes.

(Optional) Specifies the identifier of a configured route map. Use a route map to filter which routes are redistributed into EIGRP.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You should always use a route map to filter these routes to ensure that BGP redistributes only the routes that you intend to redistribute.

command.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute BGP routes into an EIGRP autonomous system:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# redistribute eigrp 100

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the default metrics for routes redistributed into BGP.

redistribute (EIGRP)

form of this command.

]

}

Syntax Description

is a 2-byte or 4-byte autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1.0 to 65535.65535.

Distributes routes that are directly connected on an interface.

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

Redistributes IP static routes.

(Optional) Specifies the identifier of a configured route map. Use a route map to filter which routes are redistributed into EIGRP.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You should always use a route map to filter these routes to ensure that EIGRP redistributes only the routes that you intend to redistribute.

command.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute cause BGP routes into an EIGRP autonomous system:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# redistribute bgp 64496

switch(config-router-af)

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the default metrics for routes redistributed into EIGRP.

Displays EIGRP information.

redistribute (OSPF)

form of this command.

]

}

Syntax Description

is a 2-byte or 4-byte autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1 to 4294967295.

Distributes routes that are directly connected on an interface.

argument can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string.

argument can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string of up to 20 characters.

can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

Redistributes IP static routes, including the default static route.

argument can be a maximum of 63 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

Route redistribution is disabled.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You should always use a route map to filter these routes to ensure that OSPF redistributes only the routes that you intend.

command.

Note If you redistribute static routes, Cisco NX-OS also redistributes the default static route.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute BGP routes into an OSPF autonomous system:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 209

switch(config-router)# redistribute bgp 64496

witch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Sets the default metrics for routes redistributed into OSPF.

Displays OSPF information.

redistribute (RIP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Redistributes routes from the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

Redistributes routes from directly connected routes only.

Redistributes routes from the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP).

Redistributes routes from the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.

Redistributes routes from IP static routes.

keyword, an autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1.0 to 65535.65535.

keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. A decimal number can be entered, but it is stored internally as a string.

Associates a route map to set the redistribution policy for RIP.

Command Default

Route redistribution is disabled.

Command Modes

Router address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command. If Cisco NX-OS cannot determine a valid metric, then it does not redistribute the routes.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute BGP routes into a RIP process:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router rip Enterprise

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# redistribute bgp 64496

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters address-family configuration mode.

Generates a default route for routes redistributed into RIP.

Sets default metric values for routes redistributed from other protocols into RIP.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

redistribute maximum-prefix (EIGRP)

form of this command.

]]

]

Syntax Description

Maximum number of prefixes that EIGRP will distribute. The range is from 0 to 65536.

(Optional) Percentage of maximum prefixes that triggers a warning message. The range is from 1 to 100. The default is 75 percent.

(Optional) Logs a warning message when the maximum number of prefixes is exceeded.

(Optional) Withdraws all redistributed routes.

(Optional) Number of times EIGRP tries to retrieve the redistributed routes. The range is from 1 to 12. The default is 1.

(Optional) Time between retry attempts. The range is from 60 to 600 seconds. The default is 300.

Command Default

No limit

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command if all routes are withdrawn.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to limit the number of redistributed routes into EIGRP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 201

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# redistribute bgp route-map FilterExternalBGP

switch(config-router-af)# redistribute maximum-prefix 1000 75

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Enables the EIGRP feature.

Configures route redistribution for EIGRP.

Displays the EIGRP running configuration.

redistribute maximum-prefix (OSPF)

form of this command.

]]

]]

Syntax Description

Maximum number of prefixes that OSPF will distribute. The range is from 0 to 65535.

(Optional) Percentage of maximum prefixes that triggers a warning message. The range is from 1 to 100. The default is 75 percent.

(Optional) Logs a warning message when the maximum number of prefixes is exceeded.

(Optional) Withdraws all redistributed routes.

(Optional) Number of times OSPF tries to retrieve the redistributed routes. The range is from 1 to 12. The default is 1.

(Optional) Time between retry attempts. The range is from 60 to 600 seconds. The default is 300.

Command Default

No limit

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command if all routes are withdrawn.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to limit the number of redistributed routes into OSPF:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# redistribute bgp route-map FilterExternalBGP

switch(config-router)# redistribute maximum-prefix 1000 75

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays OSPF information.

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

remote-as

form of this command.

Syntax Description

AS number. The format is x for a two-byte value or x.x for a four-byte value. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Neighbor configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the neighbor AS number:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.100

switch(config-router-neighbor)# remote-as 64497

switch(config-router-neighbor)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BGP on the router.

Configures BGP peers.

remove-private-as

To remove the private autonomous system (AS) from the autonomous system path (a list of autonomous systems that a route passes through to reach a BGP peer) in External Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) outbound routing updates, use the remove-private-as command in the BGP neighbor configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.

remove-private-as [all | replace-as]

no remove-private-as [all | replace-as]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Removes all private AS numbers from the AS-path in outgoing updates even if the AS-path contains both public and private ASNs.

replace-as

(Optional) Replaces all private AS numbers from the AS-path with the local AS number in outgoing updates.

Command Default

No private AS numbers are removed from the AS-path.

Command Modes

Neighbor configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

- This command is available for external BGP (eBGP) neighbors only.

- The remove-private-as all command removes private AS numbers from the AS path even if the path contains both public and private ASNs.

- If the local ASN of the device is a private ASN, you cannot use the remove-private-as configuration command for any other neighbor on the same device. As a workaround, you can use the local-as command on each neighbor with a public local ASN.

- If the real ASN of the device is a private ASN and remove-private-as all command is configured for a neighbor with a public local-as number, use local-as number [no-prepend [replace-as]] command to ensure that the real private ASN is not appended to the AS-path.

- If the real ASN of the device is a public ASN and remove-private-as all command is configured for a neighbor, you cannot configure a private local-as number for the same neighbor. As a workaround, you must remove the existing configuration to proceed further.

- The remove-private-as command removes private AS numbers even if the AS path contains only private AS numbers. There is no likelihood of a 0-length AS path because this command can be applied to eBGP peers only, in which case the AS number of the local device is appended to the AS path.

- The remove-private-as command removes private AS numbers even if the private ASNs appear before the Confederation segments in the AS path.

- Upon removing private AS numbers from the AS path, the path length of prefixes being sent out will decrease. Because the AS path length is a key element of BGP best path selection, it might be necessary to retain the path length. The replace-as keyword ensures that the path length is retained by replacing all removed AS numbers with the local router’s AS number.

Examples

This example shows how to remove the private autonomous system (AS) from the autonomous system path:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 100

switch(config-router)# neighbor 10.0.0.100 remote-as 100

switch(config-router-neighbor)# remove-private-as

switch(config-router-neighbor)#

Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to display the information about removed private ASNs.

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP peer information.

Configures eBGP to prepend the local AS number to the AS_PATH attribute. The AS number can be a 16-bit integer or a 32-bit integer in the form of a higher 16-bit decimal number and a lower 16-bit decimal number in xx.xx format.

restart bgp

command.

]

Syntax Description

Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along; valid values are from 1 to 65535.

(Optional) Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along; valid values are from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to restart the BGP autonomous system:

switch# restart bgp 64496

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a BGP process.

restart eigrp

command.

Syntax Description

Name for an EIGRP routing instance. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to restart the OSPFv2 instance and remove all neighbors:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# restart eigrp Test1

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration in the startup configuration file.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

restart ospf

command.

Syntax Description

argument can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to restart the OSPFv2 instance and remove all neighbors:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# restart ospf 12

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF information.

restart rip

command.

Syntax Description

Name for an RIP routing instance. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to restart the RIP instance and remove all neighbors:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# restart rip Enterprise

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration in the startup configuration file.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

retransmit-interval (OSPF virtual link)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time (in seconds) between retransmissions. The time must be greater than the expected round-trip delay between any two routers on the attached network. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.

Command Default

5 seconds

Command Modes

Virtual link configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the LSA retransmission time. If a router receives no acknowledgment that an LSA was received, the router resends the LSA at the retransmission interval.

You should set this value larger for virtual links.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the retransmit interval value to 8 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 109

switch(config-router)# area 33 virtual-link 192.0.2.2

switch(config-router-vrf)# retransmit-interval 8

switch(config-router-vrf)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a virtual link in an OSPF area.

rfc1583compatibility

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

RFC 1583 compatibility is disabled.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To minimize the chance of routing loops, all Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routers in an OSPF routing domain should have RFC compatibility set identically.

command to enable the calculation method used per RFC 2328.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example specifies that the router process is compatible with RFC 1583:

switch# configure terminal

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

switch(config)# router ospf 2

switch(config-router)# rfc1583compatibility

switch(config-router)#

route delete dampen interval

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Number of seconds after which route deletion is done from the hardware. Range: 1 second to 30 seconds.

The default value is 0 seconds

Command Default

The default value of the interval is 0 seconds.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must use this command when the route gets completely deleted, and not when a subset of next-hops is being removed from the route, or when backup paths exist for the route.

Examples

This example shows how to delay route deletion from hardware:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route delete dampen interval 20

switch(config)#

route-map

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Route map name.

(Optional) Specifies that the route or packet is not distributed if the match criteria are met for the route map.

(Optional) Specifies that the route or packet is distributed if the match criteria for this route are met.

form of this command deletes the position of the route map. Range: 0 to 65535.

Command Default

keyword is the default.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you make changes to a route map that is used by a client, you must exit the route-map configuration submode before the changes take effect in the client. The route-map changes are not propagated to its clients until you exit from the route-map configuration submode or 60 seconds expire since entering the submode.

Use route maps to redistribute routes.

Redistribution

name to reference the route map. Multiple route maps may share the same map tag name.

command deletes the route map.

commands remove the specified match criteria.

router configuration command. See the “Examples” section for an illustration of how route maps are configured.

command is ignored; that is, the route is not advertised for outbound route maps and is not accepted for inbound route maps. If you want to modify some particular data, you must configure a second route map section with an explicit match specified.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to redistribute Routing Information Protocol (RIP) routes with a hop count equal to 1 into Open Shortest Path First (OSPF). These routes are redistributed into OSPF as external link-state advertisements (LSAs) with a metric type of Type 1, and a tag equal to 1.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 109

switch(config-route-map)# redistribute rip route-map rip-to-ospf

switch(config-route-map)# route-map rip-to-ospf permit

switch(config-route-map)# set metric 5

switch(config-route-map)# set metric-type type1

switch(config-route-map)# set tag 1

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to set the autonomous system path to match BGP autonomous system path access list 20:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map IGP2BGP

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 20

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to configure that the routes matching community list 1 have the weight set to 100. Any route that has community 109 has the weight set to 100.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list 1 permit 109

switch(config)# route-map set_weight

switch(config-route-map)# match community 1

switch(config-route-map)# set weight 100

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to configure that the routes matching community list 1 have the weight set to 200. Any route that has community 109 alone has the weight set to 200.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list 1 permit 109

switch(config)# route-map set_weight

switch(config-route-map)# match community 1 exact

switch(config-route-map)# set weight 200

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to configure that the routes match community list LIST_NAME have the weight set to 100. Any route that has community 101 alone has the weight set to 100.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# ip community-list 1 permit 101

switch(config)# route-map set_weight

switch(config-route-map)# match community LIST_NAME

switch(config-route-map)# set weight 100

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

route-reflector-client (BGP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

There is no route reflector in the autonomous system.

Command Modes

BGP Neighbor address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

All the neighbors configured with this command will be members of the client group and the remaining BGP peers will be members of the nonclient group for the local route reflector.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the local router as a route reflector to the neighbor at 192.168.0.1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 102

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.0.1 remote-as 201

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# route-reflector-client

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters the router in address family configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.

Configures a BGP neighbor.

Displays entries in the BGP routing table.

router bgp

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along; valid values are from 1 to 65535.

(Optional) Number of an autonomous system that identifies the router to other BGP routers and tags the routing information passed along; valid values are from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No BGP routing process is enabled by default.

Command Modes

Router BGP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

is the number for the local BGP speaker and allows you to create a unique identifier for the BGP process on the router.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a BGP process for autonomous system 120:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 120

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to log neighbor changes for BGP in router configuration mode:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config# bgp router 40000

switch(config-router)# log-neighbor-changes

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to disable the BGP fast external fallover feature. If the link through which this session is carried flaps, the connection is not reset.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config# bgp router 64496

switch(config-router)# no fast-external-fallover

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how all incoming updates from eBGP peers are examined to ensure that the first autonomous system number in the AS_PATH is the local AS number of the transmitting peer. The updates from the 10.100.0.1 peer are discarded if the first AS number is not 65001.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# bgp enforce-first-as

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4

switch(config-router-af)# neighbor 10.100.0.1 remote-as 64496

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP routes.

Displays the running system configuration information.

router eigrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a routing process for EIGRP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Controls the distribution of a default route.

Configures the default metric for routes redistributed into EIGRP.

Configures the administrative distance.

Configures the maximum number of equal-cost paths.

Configures route redistribution for EIGRP.

Configures the router ID.

Configures the EIGRP timers.

router ospf

form of this command.

Syntax Description

argument can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

Command Default

No OSPF routing instance is defined.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a basic OSPF instance:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 12

switch(config-router)#

This example shows how to delete an OSPF instance:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# no router ospf 12

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays OSPF information.

router rip

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Name for this RIP instance.

Command Default

No RIP routing process is defined.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to begin the RIP routing process:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router rip Enterprise

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Specifies a RIP instance for an interface.

router-id (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Unique 32-bit router ID value specified in four-part, dotted-decimal notation.

Command Default

If this command is not configured, EIGRP chooses an IPv4 address as the router ID from one of its interfaces.

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Configuring a router ID ensures that EIGRP can function regardless of the interface address configuration.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to assign the IP address of 192.0.2.1 to the EIGRP process 1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4

switch(config-router-af)# router-id 192.0.2.1

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the running system configuration information.

router-id (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Router ID in IP address format.

Command Default

If this command is not configured, OSPF chooses an IPv4 address as the router ID from one of its interfaces.

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Configuring a router ID ensures that EIGRP can function regardless of the interface address configuration.

If this command is used on an OSPF instance that has neighbors, OSPF uses the new router ID at the next reload or at a restart of OSPF.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the router ID:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 12

switch(config-router)# router-id 192.0.2.1

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures the OSPF routing process.

routing-context vrf

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Name of the VRF instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

The VRF name can be one of the following:

- default —Specifies the default VRF.

- management —Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

default VRF

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This feature automatically restricts the scope of the output of EXEC commands to the configured VRF. You can override this scope by using the VRF keywords available for some EXEC commands.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to limit EXEC commands to the management VRF:

switch# routing-context vrf management

switch%management#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the current routing context.

send-community

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the BGP extended community.

Command Default

No community attributes are sent to the peer.

Command Modes

BGP neighbor address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the router to send the community attribute to the neighbor 192.168.1.3:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 102

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.1.3 remote-as 64497

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 multicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# send-community

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Defines the BGP community attributes.

Displays the BGP configuration information.

set as-path

form of this command.

}}

}}

Syntax Description

Converts the tag of a route into an autonomous system path. Applies only when redistributing routes into Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

Appends the specified AS number to the autonomous system path of the route that is matched by the route map. Applies to both inbound and outbound BGP route maps. Range: 1 to 65535. You can configure more than on AS number.

Prepends the last AS numbers to the as-path. Range: 1 to 10.

Command Default

Autonomous system path is not modified.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

The only global BGP metric available to influence the best path selection is the autonomous system path length. By varying the length of the autonomous system path, a BGP speaker can influence the best-path selection by a peer further away.

variation allows you to prepend an arbitrary autonomous system path string to BGP routes. Usually, the local autonomous system number is prepended multiple times, increasing the autonomous system path length.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to convert the tag of a redistributed route into an autonomous system path:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1

switch(config-route-map)# set as-path tag

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to prepend 100 to all the routes advertised to 10.108.1.1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1

switch(config-route-map)# set as-path prepend 100

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# neighbor 10.108.1.1 remote-as 64497

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# route-map set-as-path test1 out

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

set comm-list delete

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Standard or expanded community list name. The name is any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

No communities are removed.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

clause and matches the given community list is removed from the community attribute being received from or sent to the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor.

command. For example, in order to be able to delete communities 10:10 and 10:20, you must use the following format to create the entries:

switch(config)# ip community-list 500 permit 10:10

switch(config)# ip community-list 500 permit 10:20

command:

switch(config)# ip community-list 500 permit 10:10 10:20

).

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to remove communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1

switch(config-route-map)# set comm-list list1 delete

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

set community

form of this command.

}}

}}

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the no community attribute.

You cannot configure any other keyword if you configure the none keyword.

(Optional) Autonomous system (AS) number and network number entered in the 4-byte new community format. This value is configured with two 2-byte numbers separated by a colon. A number from 1 to 65535 can be entered as each 2-byte number. A single community can be entered or multiple communities can be entered, each separated by a space.

You can configure one or more AS numbers.

You can configure one or more keywords.

(Optional) Adds to existing community.

You can configure one or more keywords.

(Optional) Specifies the no-advertise community (well-known community). Routes with this community are not advertised to any peer (internal or external).

You can configure one or more keywords.

(Optional) Specifies the no-export community (well-known community). Routes with this community are advertised to only peers in the same autonomous system or to only other subautonomous systems within a confederation. These routes are not advertised to external peers.

You can configure one or more keywords.

Command Default

No BGP communities attributes exist.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must have a match clause (even if it points to a “permit everything” list) if you want to set tags.

command deletes the route map.

route map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all of the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the routes that pass the autonomous system path access list 1 to have the community set to 109:02 and 33:40. Routes that pass the autonomous system path access list 2 have the community set to no-export (these routes are not advertised to any external BGP [eBGP] peers).

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1

switch(config-route-map)# set community 109:02 33:40

switch(config-route-map)# exit

switch(config)# route-map test1 20 permit

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 2

switch(config-route-map)# set community no-export

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a community list for BGP and control access to it.

Matches a BGP community.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Removes communities from the community attribute of an inbound or outbound update.

Displays routes that belong to specified BGP communities.

set dampening

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time (in minutes) after which a penalty is decreased. Once the route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half life period (which is 15 minutes by default). The process of reducing the penalty occurs every 5 seconds. The range is from 1 to 45, and the default is 15.

Route that is unsuppressed if the penalty for a flapping route decreases enough to fall below this value. The process of unsuppressing routes occurs at 10-second increments. Range: 1 to 20000. Default: 750.

Route that is suppressed when its penalty exceeds this limit. The range is from 1 to 20000, and the default is 2000.

value is used, the maximum suppress time defaults to 60 minutes.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command deletes the route map.

When a BGP peer is reset, the route is withdrawn and the flap statistics cleared. In this instance, the withdrawal does not incur a penalty even though route flap dampening is enabled.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example sets the half life to 30 minutes, the reuse value to 1500, the suppress value to 10000, and the maximum suppress time to 120 minutes:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit

switch(config-route-map)# set dampening 30 1500 10000 120

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

set extcommunity

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the no community attribute.

Specifies the generic specific extended community type.

Configures BGP to propagate the extended community attributes to other autonomous systems.

Configures BGP to propagate the extended community attributes to other autonomous systems.

(Optional) Autonomous system number and network number. This value is configured with a 4-byte AS number and a 2-byte network number separated by a colon. The 4-byte AS number range is from 1 to 4294967295 in plaintext notation, or from 1.0 to 56636.65535 in AS.dot notation. You can enter a single community or multiple communities, each separated by a space.

(Optional) Adds to existing community.

Command Default

No BGP communities attributes exist.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

commands.

commands specify the set actions to be performed when all of the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a route map that sets the extended community to 1.5:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1

switch(config-route-map)# set extcommunity generic transitive 1.5

switch(config-route-map)# exit

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a community list for BGP and controls access to it.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Configures BGP to propagate community attributes to BGP peers.

Matches an extended community in a route map.

Creates a community list for BGP and controls access to it.

set extcomm-list delete

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Standard or expanded extended community list name. The name is any alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

No communities are removed.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

commands.

commands specify the set actions to be performed when all of the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

).

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to remove extended communities from the extended community attribute of an inbound or outbound update:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1

switch(config-route-map)# set extcomm-list list1 delete

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP extended community.

Sets the BGP extended communities attribute.

set forwarding-address

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No forwarding address is set as a default.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command is used by the OSPF to set the forwarding address for the redistributed type-5 LSAs. The value of the forwarding address specified by the autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) can be either 0.0.0.0 or nonzero. The 0.0.0.0 address indicates that the originating router (the ASBR) is the next hop.

If the ASBR redistributes routes and OSPF is not enabled on the next hop interface for those routes, the forwarding address is set to 0.0.0.0 .

All of the following conditions must be met to set the forwarding address field to a nonzero address:

- OSPF is enabled on the ASBR's next hop interface.

- ASBR’s next hop interface is non-passive under OSPF.

- ASBR’s next hop interface is not point-to-point.

- ASBR’s next hop interface is not point-to-multipoint.

For all other conditions, set the forwarding address to 0.0.0.0.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the forwarding address:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test1 10 permit

switch(config-route-map)# set forwarding-address

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Modifies an autonomous system path for BGP routes.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the address of the next hop.

Sets a tag value of the destination routing protocol.

Specifies the BGP weight for the routing table.

set ip next-hop peer-address

To use a route-map to set the next-hop as peer-address and apply on the outbound Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) advertisements, use the set ip next-hop peer-address command. To remove the next-hop configuration, use the no form of this command.

set ip next-hop peer-address

no set ip next-hop peer-address

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Router map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you use the set ip next-hop peer-address command, the next-hop will change for route reflector clients to the self IP address.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a route-map to set the next-hop as peer-address and apply on outbound BGP advertisements:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 65536

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.10 remote-as 65536

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv6 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor)# route-reflector-client

switch(config-route-map)# route-map rm1

switch(config-route-map)# set ip next-hop peer-address

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to remove the route-map configurations for next hop:

switch(config-route-map)# set ip next-hop peer-address

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

route-map

Creates a route map and enters the route-map configuration mode.

set ip next-hop unchanged

To enable an external BGP (eBGP) peer that is configured as multihop to propagate the next hop unchanged, use the set ip next-hop-unchanged command in route-map configuration mode.

set ip next-hop unchanged

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Router map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U2(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

By default, for eBGP, the next hop to reach a connected network is the IP address of the neighbor that sent the update. Therefore, as an update goes from device to device, the next hop typically changes to be the address of the neighbor that sent the update (the device’s own address).

However, there might be a scenario where you want the next hop to remain unchanged. The set ip next-hop-unchanged command is used to propagate the next hop unchanged for multihop eBGP peering sessions.

Examples

This example shows how to configure a route map to set the next hop ip address unchanged:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map route

switch(config-route-map)# set ip next-hop unchanged

switch(config-route-map)# exit

Related Commands

Command

Description

route-map

Creates a route map and enters the route-map configuration mode.

set level

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Imports routes into a Level 1 area.

Imports routes into a Level 2 subdomain.

Imports routes into Level 1 and Level 2.

Command Default

This command is disabled by default.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command deletes the route map.

route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to import the routes into the Level 1 area:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map testcase

switch(config-route-map)# set level level-l

switch(config-route-map)

Related Commands

Command

Description

Disables next hop processing of BGP updates on the router.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another.

set local-preference

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Preference value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100.

Command Default

Preference value of 100 by default.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The preference is sent only to all routers in the local autonomous system.

You must have a match clause (even if it points to a “permit everything” list) if you want to set tags.

command deletes the route map.

route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

command.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the local preference to 100 for all routes that are included in access list 1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map map-preference

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 1

switch(config-route-map)# set local-preference 100

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Distributes routes that have their next hop out one of the interfaces specified.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Automatically computes the tag value.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Sets the BGP origin code.

Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.

set metric

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Adds to the existing delay metric value.

(Optional) Subtracts from the existing delay metric value.

Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP) bandwith metric, in Kb/s. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.

(Optional) Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (IGRP) delay metric, in 10 microsecond units. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.

(Optional) IGRP reliability metric. The range is from 0 to 255.

(Optional) IGRP load metric. The range is from 1 to 255.

(Optional) IGRP maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the path. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Note We recommend that you consult your Cisco technical support representative before changing the default value.

arguments, 255 means 100 percent reliability.

keywords to modify the existing delay metric value. You can modify only the delay metric with these keywords.

command deletes the route map.

route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the bandwith metric value for the routing protocol to 100:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map set-metric

switch(config-route-map)# set metric 100

switch(config-route-map)#

This example shows how to increase the bandwith metric value for the routing protocol by 100:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map set-metric

switch(config-route-map)# set metric +100

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

set metric-type

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric as the multi-exit discriminator (MED) for BGP.

Specifies the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) external Type 1 metric.

Specifies the OSPF external Type 2 metric.

Command Default

This command is disabled by default.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command deletes the route map.

route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

Note This command is not supported for redistributing routes into Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the metric type of the destination protocol to OSPF external Type 1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map map-type

switch(config-route-map)# set metric-type type-1

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Sets a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Sets the BGP origin code.

Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.

set origin

form of this command.

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the autonomous system (AS) number for a remote exterior gateway protocol (EGP) system. You can specify the AS number as a 2-byte integer or a 4-byte integer in aa:nn format. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Specifies a local interior gateway protocol (IGP) system.

Specifies an unknown heritage.

Command Default

Default origin, based on route in main IP routing table.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must have a match clause (even if it points to a “permit everything” list) if you want to set tags.

command deletes the route map.

configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all of the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the origin of routes that pass the route map to IGP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map set_origin

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 10

switch(config-route-map)# set origin igp

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Sets a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Sets the BGP origin code.

Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.

set path-selection all advertise

Use the set path-selection all advertise command in route-map configuration mode to advertise all BGP paths as additional paths to peers if the receive capability is enabled. To reset to the default, use the no form of this command.

set path-selection all advertise

no set path-selection all advertise

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Only the best-path is advertised to the peer.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration (config-route-map)

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the set path-selection all advertise command to advertise all BGP paths as additional paths to peers if the receive capability is enabled with the capability additional-paths receive command.

This command selects all BGP paths with a unique next hop as candidates to advertise to BGP peers; paths with a duplicate next hop are not considered.

Examples

The following example shows how to set the advertising of additional paths in a route map:

switch# configure terminal

switch (config)# router bgp 65000

switch (config-router)# route-map add_path4 permit 10

switch (config-router)# set path-selection all advertise

Related Commands

Command

Description

additional-paths receive

Enables BGP additional paths for a prefix to be received from a capable peer.

additional-paths receive

Enables BGP additional paths for a prefix to be received from a capable peer.

additional-paths selection

Configures additional paths selection capability for a prefix.

capability additional-paths receive

Configures the capability of receiving additional paths from a peer.

set tag

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Name for the tag. The value is an integer from 0 to 4294967295.

Command Default

the tag in the source routing protocol onto the new destination protocol.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command deletes the route map.

route-map configuration commands specify the redistribution set actions to be performed when all the match criteria of a route map are met. When all match criteria are met, all set actions are performed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the tag value of the destination routing protocol to 5:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map test

switch(config-route-map)# set tag 5

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Sets a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Sets the BGP origin code.

Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.

set weight

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Weight value. The range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

The weight is not changed by the specified route map.

Command Modes

Route-map configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

commands.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the BGP weight for the routes that match the autonomous system path access list to 200:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# route-map set-weight

switch(config-route-map)# match as-path 10

switch(config-route-map)# set weight 200

switch(config-route-map)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Matches a BGP community.

Distributes any routes that have a destination network number address that is permitted by a standard or expanded access list.

Redistributes any routes that have a next-hop router address passed by one of the access lists specified.

Redistributes routes that have been advertised by routers and access servers at the address specified by the access lists.

Redistributes routes with the metric specified.

Redistributes routes of the specified type.

Redistributes routes in the routing table that match the specified tags.

Defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another.

Sets a BGP autonomous system path access list.

Sets the BGP communities attribute.

Indicates where to import routes.

Specifies a preference value for the autonomous system path.

Sets the metric value for a routing protocol.

Sets the metric type for the destination routing protocol.

Sets the BGP origin code.

Sets the value of the destination routing protocol.

shutdown (BGP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable BGP 64496:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# shutdown

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP sessions.

Displays the running configuration for the BGP.

shutdown (EIGRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable eigrp 209:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 209

switch(config-router)# shutdown

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration in the startup configuration file.

Displays information about EIGRP interfaces.

shutdown (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No process is stopped.

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command is displayed in the running configuration file when enabled.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to stop an active OSPF instance:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf firstcompany

switch(config-router)# shutdown

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables OSPF on the router.

Configures an OSPF instance.

shutdown (VRRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

VRRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to update the virtual router state after completing configuration.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to shut down a VRRP group:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 45

switch(config-if-vrrp)# shutdown

switch(config-if-vrrp)# address 6.6.6.45

switch(config-if-vrrp)# no shutdown

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables VRRP.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.

soft-reconfiguration inbound(BGP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Always perform a soft inbound clear using stored updates even if the neighbor supports the route refresh capability.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Neighbor address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

The always command option was introduced.

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Entering this command starts the storage of updates, which is required to do inbound soft reconfiguration.

To use soft reconfiguration, or soft reset, without preconfiguration, both BGP peers must support the soft route refresh capability.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the soft reconfiguration on the neighbor at 192.168.0.1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 102

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.0.1 remote-as 201

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)# soft-reconfiguration inbound always

switch(config-router-neighbor-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters the router in address family configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.

Configures a BGP neighbor.

Displays BGP peer information.

stub

form of this command.

]

]]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Advertises directly connected routes. This is enabled by default.

(Optional) Allows dynamic prefixes based on the leak map.

(Optional) Sets the router as a receive-only neighbor.

(Optional) Advertises redistributed routes from other protocols and autonomous systems.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword does not permit any other option to be specified because it prevents any type of route from being sent.

keyword permits EIGRP stub routing to send other routing protocols and autonomous systems. Without the configuration of this option, EIGRP does not advertise redistributed routes.

command, only the route types specified by the particular keyword(s) are advertised.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the router as a receive-only neighbor:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router)# stub receive-only

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

Displays EIGRP neighbor information.

summary-address (OSPF)

command. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

as a number from 1 to 31.

(Optional) Suppresses routes that match the specified prefix/length pair.

(Optional) Specifies the tag value that can be used as a match value for controlling redistribution using route maps. The range is from 1 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The metric used to advertise the summary is the smallest metric of all the more specific routes.

Use this command to help reduce the size of the routing table and allow an OSPF Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR) to advertise one external route as an aggregate for all redistributed routes that are covered by the address.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the summary address 192.0.0.0 to include address 192.0.1.0, 192.0.2.0, 192.0.3.0, and so on. Only the address 192.0.0.0 is advertised in an external link-state advertisement.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# summary-address 192.0.0.0/16

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Redistributes external routing protocol routes into OSPF.

Displays OSPF summary-address redistribution information.

suppress-fib-pending

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Router configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

After the routes are programmed in the hardware, subsequent changes to these routes do not require this hardware-programming check.

Note When you enable fib-suppression on the switch and route programming fails in the hardware, BGP advertises routes that are not programmed locally in the hardware.

Examples

This example shows how to suppress newly-learned BGP routes from being advertised to downstream BGP neighbors until the routes have been programmed in the hardware:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# suppress-fib-pending

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a BGP instance.

suppress-inactive

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

BGP advertises routes to a peer as soon as they are installed in the local routing table, even if the routes are not the active routes in the table.

Command Modes

Neighbor address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a summary address. The path advertised for this route is an autonomous system set consisting of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.0.2.1/8 remote-as 64497

switch(config-router-neighbor)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-neighbor af)# suppress-inactive

switch(config-router-neighbor af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a route map.

system urpf disable

form of this command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Enabled

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The URPF feature verifies if the source IP address is reachable in order to prevent malformed or forged source IP addresses from entering a network. When a packet is received, this feature determines if its source IP address can be reached via the same (or any other) real interface. When enabled on an interface, any packets that have source addresses that are not found in the routing table are dropped.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to disable URPF on the switch:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# system urpf disable

Warning: URPF successfully disabled

Warning: Please copy running-config to startup-config and reload the switch to a

pply changes

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Copies the running configuration to the startup configuration file.

Configures URPF on an interface.

Displays the IP configuration in the running configuration.

template (BGP)

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Specifies the name of the neighbor template.

Specifies the name of the peer-policy template.

Specifies the name of the peer-session template.

Command Default

This command has no default settings.

Command Modes

Router bgp configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command allows you to enable a set of predefined attributes that a neighbor inherits.

Note A Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor cannot be configured to work with both peer groups and peer templates. A BGP neighbor can be configured to belong to a peer group or to inherit policies from peer templates only.

Peer templates support only general policy commands. BGP policy configuration commands that are configured only for specific address families or NLRI configuration modes are configured with peer templates.

General session commands can be configured once in a peer-session template and then applied to many neighbors through the direct application of a peer-session template or through indirect inheritance from a peer-session template. The configuration of peer-session templates simplify the configuration of general session commands that are commonly applied to all neighbors within an autonomous system.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a peer-session template named CORE1. This example inherits the configuration of the peer-session template named INTERNAL-BGP.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# template peer-session CORE1

switch(config-router-stmp)#

This example shows how to create and configure a peer-policy template named CUSTOMER-A:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# template peer-policy CUSTOMER-A

switch(config-router-ptmp)# exit

switch(config-router)# route-map SET-COMMUNITY in

switch(config-router)# filter-list 20 in

switch(config-router)# inherit peer-policy PRIMARY-IN 20

switch(config-router)# inherit peer-policy GLOBAL 10

switch(config-router)# exit-peer-policy

switch(config-router)#

This example shows that the maximum prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.1.1 neighbor is set to 1000:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router) network 192.168.0.0

switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 1000

switch(config-router)#

This example shows that the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.2.2 neighbor is set to 5000. The router is also configured to display warning messages when 50 percent of the maximum-prefix limit (2500 prefixes) has been reached.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router) network 192.168.0.0

switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 5000 50

switch(config-router)#

This example shows that the maximum number of prefixes that are accepted from the 192.168.3.3 neighbor is set to 2000. The router is also configured to reestablish a disabled peering session after 30 minutes.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router) network 192.168.0.0

switch(config-router)# neighbor 192.168.3.3 maximum-prefix 2000 restart 30

switch(config-router)#

This example shows that the warning messages are displayed when the maximum-prefix limit (500) for the 192.168.4.4 neighbor is exceeded:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# network 192.168.0.0

switch(config-router)# maximum-prefix 500 warning-only

switch(config-router)#

This example forces all updates destined for 10.108.1.1 to advertise this router as the next hop:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# next-hop-self

switch(config-router)#

This example shows that the router belongs to autonomous system 109 and is configured to send the communities attribute to its neighbor at IP address 182.168.0.23:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# send-community

switch(config-router)#

This example shows that the router belongs to autonomous system 109 and is configured to send the communities attribute to its neighbor at IP address 182.167.0.23:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 multicast

switch(config-router-af)# send-community

switch(config-router)#

This example enables inbound soft reconfiguration for the neighbor 192.168.0.1. All the updates received from this neighbor are stored unmodified, regardless of the inbound policy. When inbound soft reconfiguration is done later, the stored information is used to generate a new set of inbound updates.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 64496

switch(config-router)# soft-reconfiguration inbound

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters the address family mode for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

Configures a MD5 password for two BGP peers.

Enters the assign an autonomous system (AS) number to a router and enters the router BGP configuration mode

test forwarding distribution perf

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to test the forwarding distribution performance:

switch# test forwarding distribution perf

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the FIB.

test forwarding inconsistency

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for IPv4 routes.

(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for IPv4 routes.

(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for unicast routes.

(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for one or more modules.

Module number. The range depends on the platform.

(Optional) Specifies the inconsistency check for all modules.

(Optional) Stops the inconsistency check.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to trigger the Layer 3 inconsistency checker for all modules:

switch# test forwarding inconsistency module all

This example shows how to stop the Layer 3 inconsistency checker for all modules:

switch# test forwarding inconsistency module all stop

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears the FIB inconsistencies.

Displays information about the FIB inconsistencies.

threshold percentage

form of this command.

]}

Syntax Description

Specifies the up threshold.

(Optional) Specifies the down threshold.

Threshold value. The range is from 0 to 100.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Tracking configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword is unavailable.

You should configure the up percentage first. The valid range is from 1 to 100. The down percentage depends on what you have configured for up. For example, if you configure 50 percent for up, you see a range from 0 to 49 percent for down.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the tracked list 11 to measure the threshold using an up percentage of 50 and a down percentage of 32:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 11 list threshold percentage

switch(config-track)# object 1

switch(config-track)# object 2

switch(config-track)# threshold percentage up 50 down 32

switch(config-track)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets a threshold weight for a tracked object in a list of objects.

Specifies a list of objects to be tracked and the thresholds to be used for comparison.

threshold weight

form of this command.

]}

Syntax Description

Specifies the up threshold.

(Optional) Specifies the down threshold.

Threshold value. The range is from 1 to 255.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Tracking configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword is unavailable.

You should configure the up weight first. The valid range is from 1 to 255. The available down weight depends on what you have configured for the up weight. For example, if you configure 25 for up, you will see a range from 0 to 24 for down.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the tracked list 12 to measure a threshold using a specified weight:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 11 list threshold weight

switch(config-track)# object 1

switch(config-track)# object 2

switch(config-track)# threshold weight up 35 down 22

switch(config-track)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets a threshold percentage for a tracked object in a list of objects.

Specifies a list of objects to be tracked and the thresholds to be used for comparison.

timers active-time

form of the command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Active time limit (in minutes). The range is from 1 to 65535 minutes. The default value is 3.

(Optional) Disables the timers and permits the routing wait time to remain active indefinitely.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to control the time that the router waits (after a query is sent) before declaring the route to be in the stuck in active (SIA) state.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure an indefinite routing wait time on the specified EIGRP route:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# timers active-time disabled

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

timers basic

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Rate (in seconds) at which updates are sent. The range is from 5 to 4,294,967,295. The default is 30 seconds.

argument. A route becomes invalid when no updates refresh the route. The route then enters into a holddown state where it is marked as inaccessible and advertised as unreachable. However, the route is still used to forward packets. The range is from 1 to 4,294,967,295. The default is 180 seconds.

argument. A route enters into a holddown state when an update packet is received that indicates that the route is unreachable. The route is marked as inaccessible and advertised as unreachable. However, the route is still used to forward packets. When holddown expires, routes advertised by other sources are accepted and the route is no longer inaccessible. The range is from 0 to 4,294,967,295. The default is 180 seconds.

argument. If it is less than this sum, the proper holddown interval cannot elapse, which results in a new route being accepted before the holddown interval expires. The range is from 1 to 4,294,967,295. The default is 240 seconds.

Command Default

: 240 seconds

Command Modes

Router address-family configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can modify the basic timing parameters for RIP. These timers must be the same for all routers and servers in the network.

Note You can view the current and default timer values by using the show ip protocols command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to set updates to broadcast every 5 seconds. If Cisco NX-OS does not hear from a router in 15 seconds (the invalid time), it declares the route as unusable. Cisco NX-OS suppresses further information for an additional 15 seconds (the holddown time). At the end of the suppression period, Cisco NX-OS flushes the route from the routing table.

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router rip Enterprise

switch(config-router)# address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# timers basic 5 15 15 30

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters address-family configuration mode.

Saves the configuration to the startup configuration file.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

timers lsa-arrival (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Minimum delay (in milliseconds) that must pass between acceptance of the same LSA arriving from neighbors. The range is from 10 to 600,000 milliseconds. The default is 1000 milliseconds.

Command Default

1000 milliseconds

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to configure the minimum interval for accepting the same LSA. The same LSA is an LSA instance that contains the same LSA ID number, LSA type, and advertising router ID. If an instance of the same LSA arrives sooner than the interval that is set, the software drops the LSA.

command.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the minimum interval for accepting the same LSA at 2000 milliseconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 1

switch(config-router)# timers lsa-arrival 2000

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF information.

Sets rate-limiting values for LSAs being generated.

timers lsa-group-pacing (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time (in seconds) in the interval in which LSAs are grouped and refreshed, checksummed, or aged. The range is from 1 to 1800 seconds. The default value is 240 seconds.

Command Default

The default interval for this command is 240 seconds. OSPF LSA group pacing is enabled by default.

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to control the rate at which LSA updates occur and reduce the high CPU or buffer utilization that can occur when an area is flooded with a very large number of LSAs. The default settings for OSPF packet pacing timers are suitable for the majority of OSPF deployments. Do not change the packet pacing timers unless you have tried all other options to meet OSPF packet flooding requirements. You should try summarization, stub area usage, queue tuning, and buffer tuning before changing the default flooding timers. There are no guidelines for changing timer values; each OSPF deployment is unique and should be considered on a case-by-case basis.

Cisco NX-OS groups the periodic refresh of LSAs to improve the LSA packing density for the refreshes in large topologies. The group timer controls the interval used for group refreshment of LSAs; however, this timer does not change the frequency that individual LSAs are refreshed (the default refresh rate is every 30 minutes).

The duration of the LSA group pacing is inversely proportional to the number of LSAs that the router is handling. For example, if you have about 10,000 LSAs, you should decrease the pacing interval. If you have a very small database (40 to 100 LSAs), you should increase the pacing interval to 10 to 20 minutes.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure OSPF group packet-pacing updates between LSA groups to occur in 60-second intervals for OSPF routing process 1:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 1

switch(config-router)# timers lsa-group-pacing 60

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays general information about OSPF routing processes.

timers nsf converge

form of the command.

Syntax Description

Time limit for convergence after an NSF switchover (in seconds). The range is from 60 to 180 seconds. The default value is 120.

Command Default

120 seconds

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to configure the NSF convergence time for EIGRP:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# timers nsf converge 100

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

timers nsf route-hold

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time, in seconds, that EIGRP holds routes for an inactive peer. The range is from 20 to 300 seconds. The default is 240.

Command Default

240

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the maximum period of time that the NSF-aware router holds known routes for an NSF-capable neighbor during a switchover operation or a well-known failure condition. The route hold timer is configurable so that you can tune network performance and avoid undesired effects, such as “black holing” routes (advertising invalid routes) if the switchover operation takes too much time. When this timer expires, the NSF-aware router scans the topology table and discards any stale routes, allowing EIGRP peers to find alternate routes instead of waiting during a long switchover operation.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the route hold timer value for an NSF-aware router to 2 minutes (120 seconds):

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# timers nsf route-hold 120

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

timers nsf signal

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time, in seconds, that EIGRP waits for a peer to signal an NSF restart. The range is from 10 to 360 seconds.

Command Default

EIGRP NSF awareness is enabled

Command Modes

Router VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to set the maximum period of time that the NSF-aware router waits for an NSF-capable neighbor to signal a restart.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to set the signal timer value for an NSF-aware router to the maximum (30 seconds):

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router eigrp 1

switch(config-router) address-family ipv4 unicast

switch(config-router-af)# timers nsf signal 30

switch(config-router-af)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays EIGRP information.

timers prefix-peer-timeout

To configure the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) prefix peering timeout value, use the timers prefix-peer-timeout command. To remove the timeout value, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

Timeout value for prefix peering. The range is from 0 to 1200 seconds. The default value is 30.

Command Default

Timeout value is 30.

Command Modes

Neighbor configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

BGP supports the prefix peering timeout for both IPv4 and IPv6, which means that you do not have to add each neighbor to the configuration.

When you are defining a prefix peering, you must specify the remote AS number with the prefix. BGP accepts any peer that connects from that prefix and autonomous system if the prefix peering does not exceed the configured maximum peers allowed.

When a BGP peer that is part of a prefix peering disconnects, Cisco NX-OS holds its peer structures for a defined prefix peer timeout value. An established peer can reset and reconnect without danger of being blocked because other peers have consumed all slots for that prefix peering.

This command requires a Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the timeout interval as 100 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 65536

switch(config-router)# timers prefix-peer-timeout 100

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters the address family configuration mode for BGP.

Configures the BGP prefix peering timeout interval value.

timers prefix-peer-wait

To configure the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) prefix peering wait timer, use the timers prefix-peer-wait command. To remove the timer value, use the no form of this command.

Syntax Description

Prefix peer wait timer (seconds).

The range is from 0 to 1200. The default value is 90.

Command Default

The prefix peer wait timer interval is 90 seconds.

Command Modes

Neighbor configuration

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can use the timers prefix-peer-wait command to disable the peer prefix wait time so that there is no delay before BGP prefixes are inserted into the routing information base (RIB). This command is supported on a per-VRF basis or on the default VRF.

This timer is only applicable for BGP dynamic neighbors. It is only set when BGP is restarted or is coming up for the first time for the dynamic BGP neighbors.

This prefix-peer wait timer expires:

1. When at least one prefix-peer instance comes up.

2. When the prefix-peer convergence or the bestpath timer expires (this situation is applicable when the prefix-peer wait timer is greater than the best path timer).

3. None of the BGP prefix-peer instances comes up within this time.

Use the show bgp convergence private command to display details of the prefix peer wait timer.

This command requires a Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to specify the timeout interval as 30 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 65536

switch(config-router)# timers prefix-peer-wait 30

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enters the address family configuration mode for BGP.

Configures the BGP prefix peering timeout value.

timers throttle lsa (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Start time (in milliseconds) that is used to calculate the subsequent rate limiting times for LSA generation. The range is from 0 to 5000 milliseconds. The default value is 0 milliseconds.

Incremental time (in milliseconds) that is used to calculate the subsequent rate limiting times for LSA generation. The range is from 50 to 30,000 milliseconds. The default value is 5000 milliseconds.

Maximum time (in milliseconds) that is used to calculate the subsequent rate limiting times for LSA generation. The range is from 50 to 30,000 milliseconds. The default value is 5000 milliseconds.

Command Default

5000 milliseconds

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to customize OSPF LSA throttling:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 1

switch(config-router)# timers throttle lsa 50 5000 6000

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays information about OSPF routing processes.

Sets the minimum interval at which the software accepts the same LSA from OSPF neighbors.

timers throttle spf (OSPF)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Initial SPF schedule delay in milliseconds. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds.

Minimum hold time between two consecutive SPF calculations. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds.

Maximum wait time between two consecutive SPF calculations. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds.

Command Default

SPF throttling is not set.

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

argument. Subsequent wait times remain at the maximum until the values are reset or an LSA is received between SPF calculations.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

command set at 5, 1,000, and 90,000 milliseconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 1

switch(config-router)# timers throttle spf 5 1000 90000

switch(config-router)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays information about OSPF routing processes.

Sets the minimum interval at which the software accepts the same LSA from OSPF neighbors.

Sets the rate limit for generating LSAs.

track (VRRP)

form of this command.

]

]

Syntax Description

Number for a configured tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500.

(Optional) Decrements the VRRP priority if the tracked object is down. The range is from 1 to 254.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

VRRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When the tracked object is down, the priority reverts to the priority value for the virtual router. When the tracked object is up, the priority of the virtual router is restored to the original value.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable object tracking for a virtual router:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 33 ip route 192.0.2.0/24 reachability

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 250

switch(config-if-vrrp)# track 33 priority 2

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables VRRP.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Tracks the state of an interface and modifies the VRRP priority if that interface state goes down.

Configures a VRRP group.

track interface

form of this command.

}

]

Syntax Description

Tracking ID. The range can be from 1 to 500.

Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Tracks the IP routing state of the interface.

Tracks the line protocol state of the interface.

(Optional) Completely removes the object tracking instance.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command in object tracking configuration mode to track objects in a nondefault VRF.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to track the IP routing state on interface Ethernet 1/2:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 1 interface ethernet 1/2 ip routing

switch(config-track)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about object tracking.

Tracks the state of an IPv4 route reachability.

Tracks an object in a nondefault VRF.

track interface (VRRP)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Specifies the virtual router interface for which to track the priority. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

Specifies the port-channel group for which to track priority. The range is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Subinterface number. The range is from 1 to 4093.

Specifies the interface priority for a virtual router. The range of values is from 1 to 254. If this router is the owner of the IP addresses, the value is automatically set to 254.

Command Default

Disabled

Command Modes

VRRP configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to change the priority of the virtual router based on the state of another interface in the switch. When the tracked interface is down, the priority reverts to the priority value for the virtual router. When the tracked interface is up, the priority of the virtual router is restored to the interface state tracking value.

Note Interface state tracking will not be operational unless you enable preemption on the interface.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enable interface state tracking for a virtual router:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 250

switch(config-if-vrrp)# track interface ethernet 2/2 priority 2

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables VRRP.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Tracks an object to modify the VRRP priority.

Configures a VRRP group.

track ip route

form of this command.

]

Syntax Description

Tracking ID. The range can be from 1 to 500.

Prefix of route to track. The IP prefix is in dotted decimal format (X.X.X.X). The length can be from 1 to 32.

Tracks the reachability state of an IP route.

(Optional) Completely removes the object tracking instance.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command in object tracking configuration mode to track objects in a nondefault VRF.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to track an IP route:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 1 ip route 10.10.10.0/8 reachability

switch(config-track)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about object tracking.

Tracks an interface.

Tracks an object in a nondefault VRF.

track list

form of this command.

}

}

]

Syntax Description

Tracking ID. The range can be from 1 to 500.

Combines the tracked object states as a boolean combination.

Combines the tracked object states as a boolean AND.

Combines the tracked object states as a boolean OR.

Combines the tracked object states as a percent or weight combination.

Combines the tracked object states as a percent of the total number of tracked objects in the list.

Combines the tracked object states as a combination of their configured weights.

(Optional) Completely removes the object tracking instance.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keywords to combine the tracked objects as an OR (that is if any object is up, the tracked state is up).

The track list command enters the track command mode.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a track list of two objects and AND their state:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 1 boolean and

switch(config-track)# object 33

switch(config-track)# object 30

switch(config-track)#

This example shows how to configure a track list with an up threshold of 70 percent and a down threshold of 30 percent:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 1 list threshold percentage

switch(config-track)# threshold percentage up 70 down 30

switch(config-track)# object 10

switch(config-track)# object 20

switch(config-track)# object 30

switch(config-track)#

This example shows how to configure a track list with an up weight threshold of 30 and a down threshold of 10:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 1 list threshold weight

switch(config-track)# threshold weight up 30 down 10

switch(config-track)# object 10 weight 15

switch(config-track)# object 20 weight 15

switch(config-track)# object 30

switch(config-track)#

In this example, the track list is up if object 10 and object 20 are up, and the track list goes to the down state if all three objects are down.

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about object tracking.

Tracks an interface.

transmit-delay (OSPF virtual link)

form of this command.

Syntax Description

Time (in seconds) required to send a link-state update. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 1 second.

Command Default

1 second

Command Modes

Virtual interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example sets the retransmit delay value to 3 seconds:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# area 22 virtual-link 192.0.2.1

switch(config-router-vlink)# transmit-delay 3

switch(config-router-vlink)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays OSPF traffic statistics.

Displays parameters and the current state of OSPF virtual links.

vrf context (Layer 2)

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

Name of the VRF. The name can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and is case sensitive.

Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When you enter the VRF configuration mode, the following commands are available:

- exit —Exits from the current command mode.

- ip —Enables configuration of IP features.

Additional commands available in IP configuration mode:

—Adds additional domain names.

—Enables or disables DNS lookup.

—Specifies the default domain name.

—Adds an entry to the IP hostname table.

—Specifies the IP address of a DNS name server.

—Adds route information by specifying IP addresses of the next hop servers.

- no —Negates a command or set its defaults.

- shutdown —Shuts down the current VRF context.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to enter VRF context mode:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# vrf context management

switch(config-vrf)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays VRF information.

vrf

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

VRF configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The VRF does not become active until you create an identically named VRF in global configuration mode.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to enter VRF configuration mode in a BGP environment:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# router bgp 100

switch(config-router)# vrf management

switch(config-router-vrf)#

This example shows how to enter VRF configuration mode in an OSPF environment:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# vrf context RemoteOfficeVRF

switch(config-vrf)# router ospf 201

switch(config-router)# vrf RemoteOfficeVRF

switch(config-router-vrf)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a VRF.

vrf context (Layer 3)

form of this command.

}

}

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a VRF context:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# vrf context RemoteOfficeVRF

switch(config-vrf)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates or configures a VRF instance.

vrf member

form of this command.

Syntax Description

VRF name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Object tracking confiuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to track an IP route in VRF Red:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# track 1 ip route 10.10.10.0/8 reachability

switch(config-track)# vrf member Red

switch(config-track)#

This example shows how to add the Ethernet interface 1/5 to VRF RemoteOfficeVRF:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrf member RemoteOfficeVRF

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP) information.

Displays Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) interface-related information.

Displays a summary of RIP information for all RIP instances.

Displays information about object tracking.

Tracks an interface.

vrrp

form of this command.

Syntax Description

VRRP group number, which you can configure for a Gigabit Ethernet port, including the main interfaces and subinterfaces. The range is from 1 to 255.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modified

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure VRRP only if its state is disabled. Make sure that you configure at least one IP address before you attempt to enable a virtual router.

This command requires the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to create a VRRP group:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 7

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

This example shows how to create a VRRP group and configure an IPv4 address for the group:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 2/1

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# vrrp 7

switch(config-if-vrrp)# address 10.0.0.10

switch(config-if-vrrp)# no shutdown

switch(config-if-vrrp)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears all the software counters for the specified virtual router.

Enables VRRP.

Adds a primary or secondary IP address to a virtual router.

Displays VRRP configuration information.

Unicast Routing Show Commands

commands available on Cisco Nexus 3000 Series switches.

show bfd neighbors

command.

]

Syntax Description

ipv4

Displays BFD information for neighbors with IPv4 addresses.

ipv6

Displays BFD information for neighbors with IPv6 addresses.

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the named protocol that BFD is enabled on.

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the destination IP address. The IP address is in dotted decimal notation for IPv4.

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the source IP address. The IP address is in dotted decimal notation for IPv4.

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the interface.

Specifies an IEEE 802.3z Ethernet interface. The slot number is form 1 to 255 and the port number is from 1 to 128.

Specifies the loopback interface. The interface number is from 0 to 1023.

Specifes an EtherChaneel interface. The interface number is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Displays BFD information for the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.

(Optional) Displays detailed BFD information.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U4(1)

The ipv4 and ipv6 command options were introduced.

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BFD neighbors:

switch# show bfd neighbors

OurAddr NeighAddr LD/RD RH/RS Holdown(mult) State Int

192.0.1.2 192.0.1.1 1124073474/1107296257 Up 582(3) Up Po10

switch#

This example shows how to display the detailed BFD information:

switch# show bfd neighbors application bfd_app details

OurAddr NeighAddr LD/RD RH/RS Holdown(mult) State Int

1.1.1.2 1.1.1.1 1090519041/1107296257 Up 137(3) Up Eth4/37

Session state is Up and not using echo function

Local Diag: 0, Demand mode: 0, Poll bit: 0

MinTxInt: 50000 us, MinRxInt: 50000 us, Multiplier: 3

Received MinRxInt: 50000 us, Received Multiplier: 3

Holdown (hits): 150 ms (2), Hello (hits): 50 ms (1232223)

Rx Count: 1267540, Rx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 0/1789/44 last: 12 ms ago

Tx Count: 1232223, Tx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 41/41/41 last: 13 ms ago

Registered protocols: bgp

Uptime: 0day 15hour 5minute 8second 430ms

Last packet: Version: 1 - Diagnostic: 0

State bit: Up - Demand bit: 0

Poll bit: 0 - Final bit: 0

Multiplier: 3 - Length: 24

My Discr.: 1107296257 - Your Discr.: 1090519041

Min tx interval: 50000 - Min rx interval: 50000

Min Echo interval: 0

switch#

describes the significant fields shown in the display.

ield Descriptions

Table

Description

OurAddr

command was entered.

NeighAddr

IPv4 address of the BFD adjacency or neighbor.

LD/RD

Local discriminator and remote discriminator being used for the session.

RH

Remote Heard—Indicates that the remote BFD neighbor has been heard.

Holdown(mult)

Detect timer multiplier that is used for this session.

State

State of the interface—Up or Down.

Int

Interface type and slot/port.

Session state is UP and not using echo function

BFD is up and not running in echo mode.

RX Count

Number of BFD control packets that have been received from the BFD neighbor.

TX Count

Number of BFD control packets that have been sent by the BFD neighbor.

TX Interval

Interval, in milliseconds, between sent BFD packets.

Registered protocols

Routing protocols that have been registered with BFD.

Last packet: Version:

BFD version detected and run between the BFD neighbors.

Diagnostic

Diagnostic code specifying the local system’s reason for the last transition of the session from Up to some other state.

State values are as follows:

- 0—No Diagnostic

- 1—Control Detection Time Expired

- 2—Echo Function Failed

- 3—Neighbor Signaled Session Down

- 4—Forwarding Plane Reset

- 5—Path Down

- 6—Concentrated Path Down

- 7—Administratively Down

Demand bit

Demand Mode bit. If set, the transmitting system wants to operate in demand mode. BFD has two modes—asynchronous and demand. The Cisco implementation of BFD supports only asynchronous mode.

Poll bit

Poll bit. If the Poll bit is set, the transmitting system is requesting verification of connectivity or of a parameter change.

Final bit

Final bit. If the Final bit is set, the transmitting system is responding to a received BFD control packet that had a Poll (P) bit set.

Multiplier

Detect time multiplier. The negotiated transmit interval, multiplied by the detect time multiplier, determines the detection time for the transmitting system in BFD asynchronous mode.

The detect time multiplier for BFD: (transmit interval) * (detect multiplier) = detect timer. If a BFD control packet is not received from the remote system within the detect-timer interval, a failure has occurred.

Length

Length of the BFD control packet, in bytes.

My Discr.

My Discriminator. Unique, nonzero discriminator value generated by the transmitting system used to demultiplex multiple BFD sessions between the same pair of systems.

Your Discr.

Your Discriminator. The discriminator received from the corresponding remote system. This field reflects the received value of My Discriminator, or is zero if that value is unknown.

Min tx interval

Minimum transmission interval, in microseconds, that the local system wants to use when sending BFD control packets.

Min rx interval

Minimum receipt interval, in microseconds, between received BFD control packets that the system can support.

Min Echo interval

Minimum interval, in microseconds, between received BFD control packets that the system can support. If the value is zero, the transmitting system does not support the receipt of BFD echo packets.

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables BFD echo mode.

Enables BFD on the switch.

show bgp

command.

]}

Syntax Description

Displays BGP information for all address families.

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the unicast address family.

Displays BGP information for the multicast address family.

(Optional) Network from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D for IPv4.

(Optional) Prefix from the selected address family. The format is A.B.C.D/length for IPv4.

(Optional) Displays the prefix and any more specific routes.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display information about BGP.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display an entry in the BGP table:

switch# show bgp ipv4 multicast

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears entries in the BGP table.

show bgp community

command.

]

Syntax Description

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the unicast address family.

Displays BGP information for the multicast address family.

(Optional) AS number. The AS number can be a 16-bit integer or a 32-bit integer in the form of <higher 16-bit decimal number>.<lower 16-bit decimal number>.

(Optional) Displays the no-advertise community.

(Optional) Displays the no-export community.

(Optional) Displays the no-export-subconfed community.

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the community.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the routes that match a community:

switch# show bgp ip multicast community no-advertise

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a community list.

show bgp community-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the unicast address family.

Displays BGP information for the multicast address family.

Name of a community-list. The commlist-name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the communities.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the routes that match a community list:

switch(config)# show bgp ip unicast community-list test1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a community list.

show bgp extcommunity

command.

]

Syntax Description

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the unicast address family.

Displays BGP information for the multicast address family.

Displays the routes that match the generic specifice extended communities.

Displays the routes that match the nontransitive extended communities.

Displays the routes that match the transitive extended communities.

is a 32-bit integer in the form of a plaintext integer or <higher 16-bit decimal number>.<lower 16-bit decimal number> .

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the extended community.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) context name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the routes that match an extended community:

switch# show bgp ip unicast extcommunity 4byteas-generic transitive 1.3:30

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates an extended community list.

show bgp extcommunity-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

Displays BGP information for the unicast address family.

Displays BGP information for the multicast address family.

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the extended communities.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the routes that match a community list:

switch# show bgp ipv4 unicast extcommunity-list test1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates an extended community list.

show bgp neighbors

command.

}]

Syntax Description

Displays the IPv4 neighbor information.

Displays the IPv4 neighbor information.

Displays the unicast neighbor information.

Displays the multicast neighbor information.

(Optional) IPv4 address. The format is x.x.x.x

(Optional) Displays all the routes advertised to this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays flap statistics for the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays AS paths learned from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays the routes received or advertised to or from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes advertised for this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all dampened routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Specifies all VRF instances.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP neighbors:

switch(config)# show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbors

BGP neighbor is 192.168.0.201, remote AS 201, ibgp link, Peer index 1

Description: Peer Router B

BGP version 4, remote router ID 0.0.0.0

BGP state = Idle, down for 00:02:07, retry in 00:01:17

Last read never, hold time = 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds

Last written never, keepalive timer not running

Received 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 bytes in queue

Sent 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 bytes in queue

Connections established 0, dropped 0

Connection attempts 4

Last reset by us never, due to No error

Last reset by peer never, due to No error

Message statistics:

Sent Rcvd

<--Output truncated-->

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the IPv4 BGP information.

show bgp sessions

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP sessions:

switch# show bgp sessions

Total peers 1, established peers 0

ASN 201

VRF default, local ASN 201

peers 1, established peers 0, local router-id 192.168.0.14

State: I-Idle, A-Active, O-Open, E-Established, C-Closing, S-Shutdown

Neighbor ASN Flaps LastUpDn|LastRead|LastWrit St Port(L/R) Notif(S/R)

192.168.0.201 201 0 00:07:25|never |never I 0/0 0/0

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears BGP sessions.

show bgp statistics

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no argument or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP traffic statistics:

switch# show bgp statistics

Neighbor aggregated statistics (sent/received)

Msgs Bytes Opens Updates

0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0

Keepalives Notifications Route-refresh Capabilities

0/0 0/0 0/0 0/0

BGP I/O Information

Active Open attempts : 9

Passive Open attempts : 0

BGP I/O Open loops : 1144

BGP I/O Open calls : 0

BGP I/O Open recv calls : 0

BGP I/O Send calls : 0

BGP I/O Recv calls : 0

BGP I/O Write calls : 0

BGP I/O Write loops : 1

BGP I/O Write loop yields : 0

BGP I/O Read calls : 0

BGP I/O Read loops : 1144

<--Output truncated-->

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears BGP sessions.

show forwarding

command.

}

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays the IPv4 forwarding information.

(Optional) Displays the IPv6 forwarding information.

Displays the adjacency information.

Displays information about ECMPs.

ecmp partial

(Optional) Displays partially installed ECMPs.

Displays the forwarding information for interfaces on a module.

Displays multicast IPv4 information.

Displays the route information from the IP routing table.

route partial

Displays routes with partial ECMPs.

security

Displays IP security information.

range is from 0 to 2147483647.

Displays the forwarding trace buffer on a module.

(Optional) Clears the forwarding trace buffer on a module.

unicast

Displays unicast forwarding information.

vlan

Displays VLAN forwarding information.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

vxlan

Displays VXLAN forwarding information.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U3(1)

The partial and vxlan options were added.

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command on the module.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the forwarding information:

switch# show forwarding route

IPv4 routes for table default/base

------------------+------------------+---------------------

Prefix | Next-hop | Interface

------------------+------------------+---------------------

0.0.0.0/32 Drop Null0

255.255.255.255/32 Receive sup-eth1

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the FIB.

show forwarding distribution

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays the forwarding distribution information for unicast clients.

(Optional) Displays the forwarding distribution state for unicast Forwarding Information Base (FIB).

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the forwarding information for unicast clients:

switch# show forwarding distribution clients

id pid shmem-start shmem-end shmem-name

-- ----- ----------- --------- ----------

1 4359 0x52330130 0x52380000 u6rib-ufdm

2 4360 0x59900130 0x59b00000 urib-ufdm

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays distribution information about the FIB.

show forwarding inconsistency

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays inconsistency information for the module. The slot range depends on the hardware platform.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

6.0(2)U2(1)

This command was modified.

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the forwarding inconsistency information for module 2:

switch# show forwarding ipv6 inconsistency module 2

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears the forwarding inconsistency checker.

Triggers the forwarding inconsistency checker.

show hsrp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the interface for which to display HSRP information.

Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Specifies the VLAN interface. The range is from 1 to 4094.

(Optional) Specifies the HSRP group number of the interface to display information about. The range is from 0 to 4095.

(Optional) Displays HSRP groups that are in an active state.

(Optional) Displays HSRP groups that are in an initialization state.

(Optional) Displays HSRP groups that are in an listen state.

(Optional) Displays HSRP groups that are in an standby state.

(Optional) Displays all HSRP groups.

(Optional) Summarizes each virtual gateway or virtual forwarder with a single line of output.

(Optional) Displays detailed information about HSRP groups.

(Optional) Displays HSRP IPv4 groups.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

keyword displays a single line of information about each virtual gateway or virtual forwarder.

command will display the following string:

Authentication text "cisco"

This is the default behavior of HSRP as defined in RFC 2281:

If no authentication data is configured, the RECOMMENDED default

value is 0x63 0x69 0x73 0x63 0x6F 0x00 0x00 0x00.

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the default information about HSRP:

switch# show hsrp

This example shows how to display a brief summary of HSRP information:

switch# show hsrp brief

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the HSRP feature.

show hsrp delay

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the interface type and number for which to display HSRP information.

(Optional) Specifies the HSRP group number of the interface to display information about. The range is from 0 to 4095.

(Optional) Specifies all HSRP information.

(Optional) Specifies brief HSRP information.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display HSRP delay information:

switch# show hsrp delay

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures the delay infromation for HSRP groups.

Enables the HSRP feature.

Configures the delay infromation for HSRP groups.

show hsrp summary

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license but if you want to enable Layer 3 interfaces, you must install the LAN Base Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of HSRP information:

switch# show hsrp summary

Related Commands

Command

Description

Enables the HSRP feature.

Configures HSRP groups.

show interface vlan counter

To display the counters for an interface VLAN, use the show interface vlan counter command.

show interface vlan counter {detailed [all [snmp]] | snmp}

Syntax Description

detailed

(Optional) Displays only non-zero counters.

all

(Optional) Displays all information that is available.

snmp

(Optional) Displays Simple Network Protocol (SNMP) MIB values.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the counters for an interface VLAN:

switch# show interface vlan 1 counters detailed all snmp

0. total_bytes_in = 43946

1. total_pkts_in = 317

2. total_bytes_out = 50676

3. total_pkts_out = 618

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

show vlan id counters

Displays the counters for an interface.

show ip adjacency

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) IPv4 or IPv6 source address. The format for IPv4 is x.x.x.x. The format for IPv6 is A:B::C:D.

to determine the supported interface types.

(Optional) Displays detailed adjacency information.

(Optional) Displays both the best and nonbest adjacency information.

(Optional) Displays adjacency statistics.

(Optional) Displays a summary of the adjacency information.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Displays adjacency statistics for all VRF entries.

(Optional) Displays adjacency statistics for the default VRF.

(Optional) Displays adjacency statistics for the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

} command are cleared after a supervisor module switchover.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display a summary of the adjacency information:

switch# show ip adjacency summary

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays forwarding adjacency information.

show ip adjacency summary

To display the IP adjacency summary, use the show ip adjacency summary command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the IP adjacency summary:

switch# show ip adjacency summary

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures ARP.

show ip arp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) IPv4 or IPv6 source address. The format for IPv4 is x.x.x.x. The format for IPv6 is A:B::C:D.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the management interface. The management interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Displays the ARP client table.

(Optional) Displays static ARP entries.

(Optional) Displays ARP statistics.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the ARP information:

switch# show ip arp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a static ARP entry.

show ip arp summary

To display ARP adjacency summary, use the show ip arp summary command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display ARP adjacency summary:

switch# show ip arp summary

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures ARP.

show ip bgp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Network from the BGP route table. The format is x.x.x.x. or A:B::C:D.

(Optional) Prefix from the BGP route table. The format is x.x.x.x/length.

(Optional) Displays the prefix and any more specific routes.

(Optional) Displays paths stored for soft reconfiguration.

(Optional) Displays information that matches the regular expression.

(Optional) Displays routes that match the route map. The map name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays the summary of the routes.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP route table:

switch# show ip bgp

BGP routing table information for VRF default, address family IPv4 Unicast

BGP table version is 3, local router ID is 192.168.0.14

Status: s-suppressed, x-deleted, S-stale, d-dampened, h-history, *-valid, >-best

Path type: i-internal, e-external, c-confed, l-local, a-aggregate, r-redist

Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, | - multipath

Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path

l192.0.0.0/2 0.0.0.0 100 32768 i

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears entries in the BGP route table.

show ip bgp all

command.

}]

}]

}]

}]

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Network from the BGP route table. The format is x.x.x.x.

(Optional) Prefix from the BGP route table. The format is x.x.x.x/length.

(Optional) Displays the prefix and any more specific routes.

(Optional) Displays BGP routes that match a filter list.

Name of a filter list. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays routes matching the community-list. The commlist-name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the communities.

Displays flap statistics for routes.

(Optional) Displays the BGP next-hop database.

(Optional) Displays paths stored for soft reconfiguration.

(Optional) Displays information that matches the regular expression.

(Optional) Displays routes that match the route map. The map name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays the summary of the routes.

Displays BGP routes that match a community list.

(autonomous system-community number/2-byte number).

(Optional) Displays routes with this community that are advertised to only peers in the same autonomous system or to only other subautonomous systems within a confederation.

(Optional) Displays routes that are not advertise to any peer (internal or external).

(Optional) Displays routes that are part of the well-known community no-export-subconfed.

(Optional) Displays routes that are part of the well-known community internet community.

Displays routes that match an extended community.

(Optional) Displays the routes that match the generic specifice extended communities.

(Optional) Displays the routes that match the non-transitive extended communities.

(Optional) Displays the routes that match the transitive extended communities.

is a 32-bit integer in the form of a plaintext integer or <higher 16-bit decimal number>.<lower 16-bit decimal number> .

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the extended community.

Displays all dampening information.

(Optional) Displays all dampened paths.

(Optional) Display information that matches the regular expression.

(Optional) Displays all history paths.

(Optional) Displays all dampening parameters.

Displays all BGP neigbors.

(Optional) Displays all the routes advertised to this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays flap statistics for the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays AS paths learned from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays the routes received or advertised to or from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes advertised for this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all dampened routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies the VFR reserved all name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP entries for all address families:

switch# show ip bgp all

BGP routing table information for VRF default, address family IPv4 Unicast

BGP table version is 3, local router ID is 192.168.0.14

Status: s-suppressed, x-deleted, S-stale, d-dampened, h-history, *-valid, >-best

Path type: i-internal, e-external, c-confed, l-local, a-aggregate, r-redist

Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete, | - multipath

Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path

l192.0.0.0/2 0.0.0.0 100 32768 i

BGP routing table information for VRF default, address family IPv4 Multicast

switch#

This example shows how to display a summary of the state of the BGP route table:

switch# show ip bgp all summary

BGP summary information for VRF default, address family IPv4 Unicast

BGP router identifier 192.168.0.14, local AS number 201

BGP table version is 3, IPv4 Unicast config peers 1, capable peers 0

1 network entries and 1 paths using 104 bytes of memory

BGP attribute entries [1/124], BGP AS path entries [0/0]

BGP community entries [0/0], BGP clusterlist entries [0/0]

Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/PfxRcd

192.168.0.201 4 201 0 0 0 0 0 00:59:21 Idle

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears entries in the BGP route table.

show ip bgp community

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(autonomous system-community number/2-byte number).

Displays routes that are part of the well-known community internet community.

Displays routes that are not advertise to any peer (internal or external).

Displays routes with this community that are advertised to only peers in the same autonomous system or to only other subautonomous systems within a confederation.

Displays routes that are part of the well-known community no-export-subconfed.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies the reserved all VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the routes that are part of the 201 BGP community:

switch# show ip bgp community 201

This example shows how to display the routes that are part of the no-advertise BGP community and all VRF:

switch# show ip bgp community no-advertise

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the attributes for BGP communities.

Displays BGP routes that are permitted by the BGP community list.

Displays the routes that have exactly the same specified BGP communities.

show ip bgp community exact-match

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(autonomous system-community number/2-byte number).

(Optional) Specifies the virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the routes that have exactly the same specified BGP communities:

switch# show ip bgp community 201 exact-match

Related Commands

Command

Description

Sets the attributes for BGP communities.

Displays the BGP routes that match a community list.

Displays BGP routes that are permitted by the BGP community list.

show ip bgp community-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

ipv6

(Optional) Displays BGP information for the IPv6 address family.

Displays BGP information for the unicast address family.

Displays BGP information for the multicast address family.

Displays BGP information for all address families.

Community list name that can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the communities.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display routes that match a community list:

switch(config)# show ip bgp community-list test1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a community list.

show ip bgp dampening

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays BGP information for the IPv4 address family.

(Optional) Displays BGP information for the IPv6 address family.

Displays BGP information for the unicast address family.

Displays BGP information for the multicast address family.

Displays BGP information for all address families.

Displays all dampened paths.

(Optional) Displays information that matches the regular expression.

Displays flap statistics for routes.

Displays all history paths.

Displays all dampening parameters.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the dampening information:

switch(config)# show ip bgp dampening dampened-paths

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears BGP route flap dampening information.

Configures the route flap dampening.

show ip bgp extcommunity

command.

]

Syntax Description

Displays the routes that match the generic specifice extended communities.

Displays the routes that match the non-transitive extended communities.

Displays the routes that match the transitive extended communities.

is a 32-bit integer in the form of a plaintext integer or <higher 16-bit decimal number>.<lower 16-bit decimal number> .

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the extended community.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display routes that match an extended community:

switch(config)# show ip bgp extcommunity generic transitive 1.3:30

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates an extended community list.

show ip bgp extcommunity-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the extended communities.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display routes that match a community list:

switch(config)# show ip bgp extcommunity-list test1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates an extended community list.

show ip bgp filter-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

Name of a filter list. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the filter.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display routes that match a filter list:

switch(config)# show ip bgp filter-list test1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a BGP filter.

show ip bgp flap-statistics

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the flap statistics:

switch(config)# show ip bgp flap-statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears BGP route flap statistics.

show ip bgp neighbors

command.

}]

Syntax Description

IPv4 or IPv6 address. The format for IPv4 is x.x.x.x and the format for IPv6 is A:B::C:D.

(Optional) Displays all the routes advertised to this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays flap statistics for the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays AS paths learned from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays the routes received or advertised to or from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes advertised for this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all dampened routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Displays all the routes received from this neighbor.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP neighbors:

switch(config)# show ip bgp neighbors

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures BGP neighbors.

show ip bgp nexthop

command.

]

Syntax Description

IPv4 address. The format is x.x.x.x

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP next-hop information:

switch(config)# show ip bgp nexthop 192.0.2.1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP neighbor information.

show ip bgp nexthop-database

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP next-hop database:

switch(config)# show ip bgp nexthop-database

Next Hop table for VRF default, address family IPv4 Unicast:

Nexthop: 0.0.0.0, Refcount: 1, IGP cost: 0

IGP Route type: 0, IGP preference: 0

Nexthop is not-attached local unreachable

Nexthop last resolved: never, using 0.0.0.0/0

Metric next advertise: Never

RNH epoch: 0

Nexthop: 192.0.0.0, Refcount: 0, IGP cost: -1

IGP Route type: 0, IGP preference: 0

Nexthop is not-attached not-local unreachable

Nexthop last resolved: never, using 0.0.0.0/0

Metric next advertise: Never

RNH epoch: 0

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP neighbor information.

show ip bgp paths

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP paths in the database:

switch(config)# show ip bgp paths

Address Hash Refcount Metric Path

0x5a7f46bc 2001 1 0 i

switch(config)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Controls the maximum number of parallel routes that the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) can support.

Displays the BGP table information.

Displays BGP neighbor information.

show ip bgp peer-policy

command.

Syntax Description

Name of a BGP template. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 80 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP peer policy:

switch(config)# show ip bgp peer-policy test1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Inherits a peer policy template for a neighbor.

Configures a peer policy template.

show ip bgp peer-session

command.

Syntax Description

Name of a BGP template. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 80 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP peer session:

switch(config)# show ip bgp peer-session test1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Inherits a peer session template for a neighbor.

Configures a peer session template.

show ip bgp peer-template

command.

Syntax Description

Name of a BGP template. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 80 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP peer template:

switch(config)# show ip bgp peer-template peer1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Inherits a peer template for a neighbor.

Configures a peer template.

show ip bgp prefix-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

Name of a prefix list. The commlist-name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

(Optional) Displays an exact match of the filter.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display routes that match a prefix list:

switch(config)# show ip bgp prefix-list test1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Controls the number of prefixes that can be received from a BGP neighbor.

show ip bgp received-paths

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the received routes from a BGP peer:

switch(config)# show ip bgp received-paths

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays BGP neighbor information.

show ip bgp route-map

command.

}]

Syntax Description

Route map name.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the BGP route maps from the BGP table:

switch(config)# show ip bgp route-map

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates route maps.

Clear BGP routes from the BGP table.

show ip bgp summary

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the status of BGP connections:

switch(config)# show ip bgp summary

Related Commands

Command

Description

Controls the number of prefixes that can be received from a BGP neighbor.

Assigns an autonomous system (AS) number to a router.

show ip client

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the client.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the IP client information for the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP):

switch(config)# show ip client arp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the IP process.

show ip community-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the community list. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the community lists:

switch(config)# show ip community-list

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a BGP community list.

show ip eigrp

command.

]

Syntax Description

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display all the EIGRP instances:

switch# show ip eigrp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays EIGRP running configuration information.

Configures an EIGRP instance.

show ip eigrp accounting

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the EIGRP instance. This option is available when a virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance is not specified. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the EIGRP accounting information:

switch# show ip eigrp accounting

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays EIGRP running configuration information.

Configures an EIGRP instance.

show ip eigrp interfaces

command.

}]

Syntax Description

EIGRP instance. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Specifies the VLAN interface. The range is from 1 to 4094.

(Optional) Displays a brief summary of EIGRP interface information.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

This command shows all interfaces for the default VRF if no VRF or no interface is specified.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to determine on which interfaces EIGRP is active and learn information about EIGRP related to those interfaces.

If you specify an interface, only that interface is displayed. Otherwise, all interfaces on which EIGRP is running are displayed.

If you specify an autonomous system, only the routing process for the specified autonomous system is displayed. Otherwise, all EIGRP processes are displayed.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about EIGRP interfaces:

switch# show ip eigrp interfaces brief

This example shows how to display information about a particular EIGRP interface:

switch# show ip eigrp interfaces ethernet 2/5

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the neighbors discovered by EIGRP.

Displays EIGRP running configuration information.

show ip eigrp neighbors

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

(Optional) Displays detailed EIGRP neighbor information.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Specifies the VLAN interface. The range is from 1 to 4094.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

This command displays all neighbors for the default VRF on all interfaces if no VRF or interface is specified.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to determine when neighbors become active and inactive. This command is also useful for debugging certain types of transport problems.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about EIGRP neighbors:

switch# show ip eigrp neighbors

This example shows how to display detailed information about EIGRP neighbors:

switch# show ip eigrp neighbors detail

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears neighbors for EIGRP.

Displays EIGRP running configuration information.

show ip eigrp route

command in any mode.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

(Optional) IP address in four-part, dotted-decimal notation with a network mask indicated as a slash (/) and number. For example, /8 indicates that the first 8 bits of the mask are 1s, and the corresponding bits of the address are the network address.

(Optional) Displays only active entries in the EIGRP topology table.

(Optional) Displays all entries in the EIGRP topology table.

(Optional) Displays detailed information for all entries in the EIGRP topology table.

(Optional) Displays all entries in the EIGRP topology table that are waiting for an update from a neighbor or are waiting to reply to a neighbor.

(Optional) Displays a summary of theEIGRP topology table.

(Optional) Displays available routes in the EIGRP topology table.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the EIGRP routes:

switch# show ip eigrp route

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears route-map statistics for EIGRP.

Displays EIGRP traffic statistics.

Displays EIGRP running configuration information.

show ip eigrp route-map statistics

command in any mode.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

Displays the statistics of redistributed routes.

Displays policy statistics for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

Displays policy statistics for directly connected routes only.

Displays policy statistics for EIGRP.

Displays policy statistics for the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.

Displays policy statistics for the Routing Information Protocol (RIP).

Displays policy statistics for IP static routes.

keyword, an autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1.0 to 65535.65535.

keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display route-map statistics for EIGRP:

switch# show ip eigrp route-map statistics redistribute direct

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears route-map statistics for EIGRP.

Displays EIGRP traffic statistics.

Displays EIGRP running configuration information.

show ip eigrp topology

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

(Optional) IPv4 or IPv6 address in four-part, dotted-decimal notation with a network mask indicated as a slash (/) and number. For example, /8 indicates that the first 8 bits of the mask are 1s, and the corresponding bits of the address are the network address.

(Optional) Displays only active entries in the EIGRP topology table.

(Optional) Displays all entries in the EIGRP topology table.

(Optional) Displays detailed information for all entries in the EIGRP topology table.

(Optional) Displays all entries in the EIGRP topology table that are waiting for an update from a neighbor or are waiting to reply to a neighbor.

(Optional) Displays a summary of the EIGRP topology table.

(Optional) Displays available routes in the EIGRP topology table.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

This command displays information for the default VRF if no VRF is specified.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to determine Diffusing Update Algorithm (DUAL) states and to debug possible DUAL problems.

When you use the show ip eigrp topology command without any keywords or arguments, Cisco NX-OS displays only routes that are feasible successors.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the EIGRP topology table. The EIGRP metrics for specified internal routes and external routes are displayed.

switch# show ip eigrp topology 192.0.2.0/24

This example show how to display all the entries in the EIGRP topology table:

switch(config)# show ip eigrp topology all-links

This example shows how to display the detailed information for all entries in the EIGRP topology table:

switch(config)# show ip eigrp topology detail-links

This example shows how to display a summary of the topology table:

switch(config)# show ip eigrp topology summary

This example shows how to display the active entries in the topology table:

switch(config-if)# show ip eigrp topology active

This example shows how to display zero-successors in the topology table:

switch(config-router)# show ip eigrp topology zero-successors

This example shows how to display pending entries:

switch(config)# show ip eigrp topology pending

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays EIGRP running configuration information.

show ip eigrp traffic

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the EIGRP instance. The instance tag can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all VRF instances.

(Optional) Specifies the default VRF.

(Optional) Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

This command displays information for the default VRF if no VRF is specified.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to find the number of packets sent and received by this EIGRP instance.

In addition, this command is useful in determining whether packets from one node are not reaching the neighboring node due to connectivity or configuration problems.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the EIGRP traffic statistics:

switch# show ip eigrp traffic

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays EIGRP running configuration information.

show ip fib

command.

Syntax Description

Displays the adjacency information.

Displays the forwarding information for interfaces on a module.

Displays the forwarding information for routes on a module.

Displays information for the module. The slot range depends on the hardware platform.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command on the module.

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the forwarding information for module 1:

switch# show ip fib route module 1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the FIB.

show ip fib distribution

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays the forwarding distribution information for unicast clients.

(Optional) Displays the forwarding distribution state for unicast FIB.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the forwarding information for unicast clients:

switch# show ip fib distribution clients

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays distribution information about the FIB.

show ip interface

command.

]

Syntax Description

to see the options.

to see the range.

(Optional) Displays a summary of IP information.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the IP information for Ethernet 1/5:

switch# show ip interface ethernet 1/5

Related Commands

Command

Description

Assigns a primary IP address for a network interface.

show ip load-sharing

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the IP load sharing information:

switch# show ip load-sharing

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays IP load sharing.

show ip ospf

command.

]

Syntax Description

argument can be any alphanumeric string of 20 characters.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display information about one or more OSPF instances.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information all about OSPF instances:

switch# show ip ospf

This example shows how to display information about one specific OSPF instance:

switch# show ip ospf 201

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf border-routers

command.

]

Syntax Description

argument can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display information on ABRs. and ASBRs.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about border routers:

switch# show ip ospf border-routers

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf database

command.

]

]

]

]

]

]

]

]

]

]

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

(Optional) Area number used to define the particular area. Specify as either an IP address or a number from 0 to 4294967295.

(Optional) Portion of the Internet environment that is being described by the advertisement. The value entered depends on the advertisement’s link-state type. Specify in the form of an IP address.

(Optional) Displays all the link-state advertisements (LSAs) of the specified router.

(Optional) Displays self-originated LSAs (from the local router).

(Optional) Displays information about the autonomous system boundary router summary LSAs.

(Optional) Displays each type of LSA for each area in the database, and the total number of LSAs.

(Optional) Displays information about the external LSAs.

(Optional) Displays information based on an external tag. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.

(Optional) Displays information about the network LSAs.

(Optional) Displays information about the not-so-stubby area (NSSA) external LSAs.

(Optional) Displays information about the opaque area LSAs.

(Optional) Displays information about the opaque AS LSAs.

(Optional) Displays information about the opaque link-local LSAs.

(Optional) Displays information about the router LSAs.

(Optional) Displays information about the summary LSAs.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display information about different OSPF LSAs.

argument can take one of two forms:

- The network’s IP address (such as Type 3 summary link advertisements and autonomous system external link advertisements).

- A derived address obtained from the link state ID. (Note that masking a network links advertisement’s link state ID with the network’s subnet mask yields the network’s IP address.)

- When the link state advertisement is describing a router, the link state ID is always the described router’s OSPF router ID.

- When an autonomous system external advertisement (LS Type = 5) is describing a default route, its link state ID is set to Default Destination (0.0.0.0).

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the OSPF database:

switch# show ip ospf database

This example shows how to display a summary of autonomous system border routers:

switch# show ip ospf database asbr-summary

This example shows how to display information about external links:

switch# show ip ospf database external

This example shows how to display a summary of the OSPF database:

switch# show ip ospf database database-summary

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf interface

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characetrs.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Displays brief overview information for OSPF interfaces, states, addresses, masks, and areas on the router.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display the OSPF status for the interface.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display OSPF information for Ethernet interface 1/5:

switch# show ip ospf interface ethernet 1/5

This example shows how to display OSPF information for all VRFs:

switch# show ip ospf interface vrf all

This example shows how to display OSPF information in a brief format:

switch# show ip ospf interface brief

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf lsa-content-changed-list

command.

}

Syntax Description

or A:B::C:D.

Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of LSAs that changed for Ethernet 2/1:

switch# show ip ospf lsa-content-changed-list 192.0.2.2 ethernet 2/1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf neighbors

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. Specify as an alphanumeric string of 20 characters.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

(Optional) Router ID of the neighbor. Specify as an IP address.

(Optional) Displays all neighbors given in detail (lists all neighbors).

(Optional) Displays a summary of the neighbors.

(Optional) Specifies a virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.

VRF name. The name can be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters and is case sensitive.

Specifies all VRF entries.

Specifies the default VRF.

Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display information about all or some of the neighbors for this OSPF instance.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the summary information about the neighbor that matches the neighbor ID:

switch# show ip ospf neighbors 10.199.199.137

This example shows how to display the neighbors that match the neighbor ID on an interface:

switch# show ip ospf neighbors ethernet 2/1 10.199.199.137

This example shows how to display detailed information about OSPF neighbors:

switch# show ip ospf neighbors detail

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf policy statistics area

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. Specify as an alphanumeric string.

Specifies the area number used to define the particular area. The area ID can be an IP address or a number from 0 to 4294967295.

Filters prefixes between OSPF areas.

Displays policy statistics for incoming routes.

Displays policy statistics for outgoing routes.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default”, “management”, and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display information about the filter lists applied to an area.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display policy statistics for OSPF:

switch# show ip ospf policy statistics area 201 filter-list in

Related Commands

Command

Description

Filters incoming or outgoing Network Summary (type 3) link-state advertisements (LSAs) on an Area Border Router (ABR).

Saves the configuration changes to the startup configuration file.

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf policy statistics redistribute

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. Specify as an alphanumeric string.

Displays policy statistics for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

Displays policy statistics for directly connected routes only.

Displays policy statistics for the Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP).

Displays policy statistics for OSPF.

Displays policy statistics for the Routing Information Protocol (RIP).

Displays policy statistics for IP static routes.

keyword, an autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535.

keyword, an autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.

keywords, an instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default”, “management”, and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display redistribution statistics.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display policy statistics for redistributed routes:

switch# show ip ospf policy statistics redistribute

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf request-list

command.

}

Syntax Description

Router ID of the neighbor. Specify as an IP address.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to troubleshoot Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing operations.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display a list of all LSAs requested by a router:

switch# show ip ospf request-list 40.40.40 ethernet 2/1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf retransmission-list

command.

}

Syntax Description

Router ID of the neighbor. Specify as an IP address.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to troubleshoot Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing operations.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display all LSAs waiting to be resent to neighbors:

switch# show ip ospf retransmission-list 192.0.2.11 ethernet 2/1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf route

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. Specify as an alphanumeric string of 20 characters.

(Optional) IP prefix, which limits output to a specific route. Indicate the length as a slash (/) and number from 1 to 31. For example, /8 indicates that the first eight bits in the IP prefix are network bits.

(Optional) Displays a summary of all routes.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default”, “management”, and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display the OSPF private routing table (which contains only routes that are calculated by OSPF). If something is wrong with a route in the routing information base (RIB), then you should check the OSPF copy of the route to determine if it matches the RIB contents. If it does not match, a synchronization problem exists between OSPF and the RIB.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display OSPF routes:

switch# show ip ospf route

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf statistics

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. Specify as an alphanumeric string up to 20 characters.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default”, “management”, and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command as the first troubleshooting step for LSA flapping.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the SPF calculations:

switch# show ip ospf statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf summary-address

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default”, “management”, and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about summary addresses:

switch# show ip ospf summary-address

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip ospf traffic

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the OSPF instance. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

(Optional) Specifies the Ethernet interface and the slot number and port number. The slot number is from 1 to 255, and the port number is from 1 to 128.

(Optional) Specifies the loopback interface. The loopback interface number is from 0 to 1023.

(Optional) Specifies the EtherChannel interface and EtherChannel number. The range is from 1 to 4096.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default”, “management”, and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display traffic statistics for one or more OSPF instances.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display OSPF traffic statistics for interface 1/5:

switch# show ip ospf traffic ethernet 1/5

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears OSPF traffic statistics.

Displays the OSPF running configuration information.

show ip ospf virtual-links

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Instance tag. The name can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

(Optional) Displays a summary of the configured virtual links.

.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to display information about configured virtual links.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about virtual links:

switch# show ip ospf virtual-links

This example shows how to display information about virtual links in brief format:

switch# show ip ospf virtual-links brief

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the OSPF running configuration.

show ip prefix-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Name of the community list. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 63 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the prefix lists:

switch(config)# show ip prefix-list

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a BGP prefix list.

show ip process

command.

]

Syntax Description

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows details about the IP process:

switch(config)# show ip process

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays the running configuration information.

show ip rip

command in any mode.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) RIP instance. The instance tag can be a maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the RIP configuration information:

switch(config-if)# show ip rip

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays RIP information for an interface.

Displays RIP neighbor information.

Displays RIP policy statistics.

Displays RIP route information.

Displays RIP statistics.

show ip rip interface

command in any mode.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the interface.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

This command has no default settings.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the neighbor information for a specified interface from the RIP topology table:

switch(config-if)# show ip rip interface ethernet 1/2

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays RIP information.

Displays RIP neighbor information.

Displays RIP policy statistics.

Displays RIP route information.

Displays RIP statistics.

show ip rip neighbor

command in any mode.

]

Syntax Description

) online help function.

(Optional) Physical interface instance.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This examples shows how to display neighbor information from the RIP topology table:

switch# configure terminal

switch(config)# interface ethernet 1/5

switch(config-if)# no switchport

switch(config-if)# show ip rip neighbor

switch(config-if)#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays RIP information.

Displays RIP information for an interface.

Displays RIP policy statistics.

Displays RIP route information.

Displays RIP statistics.

show ip rip policy statistics

command in any mode.

]

Syntax Description

Displays the routes that RIP redistributed from other routing protocols.

Displays policy statistics for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).

Displays policy statistics for directly connected routes only.

Displays policy statistics for Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP).

Displays policy statistics for Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol.

Displays policy statistics for IP static routes.

keyword, an autonomous system number. The range for 2-byte numbers is from 1 to 65535. The range for 4-byte numbers is from 1.0 to 65535.65535.

keyword, an EIGRP instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

keyword, an OSPF instance name from which routes are to be redistributed. The value takes the form of a string. You can enter a decimal number, but Cisco NX-OS stores it internally as a string.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

No default behavior or values.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to show policy statistics for EIGRP:

switch# show ip rip policy statistics redistribute eigrp 201

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears policy statistics for RIP.

Displays RIP information.

Displays RIP information for an interface.

Displays RIP information for a neighbor.

Displays RIP route information.

Displays RIP statistics.

show ip rip route

command in any mode.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) IP prefix about which routing information should be displayed.

(Optional) Displays information about summary routes.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display route information from the RIP topology table:

switch# show ip rip route

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays RIP information.

Displays RIP information for an interface.

Displays RIP information for a neighbor.

Displays policy statistics for RIP.

Displays RIP statistics.

show ip rip statistics

command in any mode.

]

Syntax Description

) online help function.

(Optional) Either a physical interface instance or a virtual interface instance.

argument can be specified as any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters. The strings “default” and “all” are reserved VRF names.

Command Default

No default behavior or values.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the RIP statistics:

switch# show ip rip statistics

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays RIP information.

Displays RIP information for an interface.

Displays RIP information for a neighbor.

Displays policy statistics for RIP.

Displays RIP route information.

show ip route

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays all routes.

(Optional) IPv4 address. The format is x.x.x.x.

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 80 characters.

(Optional) IPv4 prefix. The format is x.x.x.x/length. The length range is from 1 to 32.

to see the list of types.

to see the supported interfaces.

(Optional) Displays routes with this next-hop address. The format is x.x.x.x.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the route table:

switch(config)# show ip route all

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears entries in the route table.

show ip static-route

command.

}]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

(Optional) Specifies all virtual router contexts (VRF) name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the static routes:

switch(config)# show ip static-route

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures a static route.

show ip traffic

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the IP traffic information:

switch(config)# show ip traffic

Related Commands

Command

Description

Displays information about the IP process.

show ipv6 nd interface

command.

show ipv6 nd interface {detail | ethernet | loopback | mgmt | port-channel | vrf [all | default | management]}

Syntax Description

detail

Displays ICMPv6-related interface information in detail.

ethernet

Displays the Ethernet IEEE 802.3z.

loopback

Displays the loopback interface.

mgmt

Displays the management interface.

port-channel

Displays the port channel interface.

vrf

Displays information for each virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.

all

(Optional) Displays information for all VRF instances.

default

(Optional) Displays information for the default VRF instance.

management

(Optional) Displays information for the management VRF instance.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the IPv6 neighbor discovery information for an interface:

switch# show ipv6 nd interface

IPv6 Interface Status for VRF "default"

Ethernet1/8, Interface status: protocol-down/link-down/admin-up, iod: 14

IPv6 address: 2001:db8:c18:1::3

IPv6 subnet: 2001:db8:c18:1::/64

IPv6 link-local address: fe80::205:73ff:feff:64ef (default)

IPv6 virtual addresses configured: none

IPv6 multicast routing: disabled

IPv6 report link local: disabled

IPv6 multicast groups locally joined:

ff02::1:ff00:3 ff02::2 ff02::1 ff02::1:ffff:64ef

IPv6 multicast (S,G) entries joined: none

IPv6 MTU: 1500 (using link MTU)

IPv6 unicast reverse path forwarding: none

IPv6 load sharing: none

IPv6 interface statistics last reset: never

IPv6 interface RP-traffic statistics: (forwarded/originated/consumed)

Unicast packets: 0/0/0

Unicast bytes: 0/0/0

Multicast packets: 0/0/0

Multicast bytes: 0/0/0

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

show ip interface

Displays IPv6 information for an interface.

show mac-list

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) MAC list name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

No match values are defined.

Command Modes

Global configuration mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Services Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about the Red MAC list:

switch(config)# show mac-list Red

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a MAC list.

Matches a MAC address in a MAC list.

show routing

command.

]

Syntax Description

Specifies the IP address.

Specifies the IPv4 address.

(Optional) IPv4 address. IPv4 address format is x.x.x.x.

can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 80 characters.

(Optional) IPv4 prefix. IPv4 prefix format is x.x.x.x/length.

to see the list of types.

(Optional) Displays the routing clients.

(Optional) Displays hidden next-hop information.

(Optional) Displays the routes for an interface. The interface can be one of the following:

- mgmt —Management interface. The default management interface is 0.

- vlan —VLAN interface. The VLAN interface number is from 1 to 4094.

(Optional) Displays routes with this next-hop address. The format is x.x.x.x.

(Optional) Displays routes with this recursive next-hop address. The format is x.x.x.x.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) instance. The VRF can be one of the following:

- vrf-name —VRF name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

- all —Specifies all VRFs.

- default —Specifies the default VRF.

- management —Specifies the management VRF.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the route table:

switch(config)# show routing ip

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears entries in the route table.

show routing memory estimate

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Specifies the unicast Routing Information Base (RIB) memory estimate for the number of routes.

Number of routes. The range is from 1000 to 1,000,000.

(Optional) Specifies the unicast RIB memory estimate for the number of next hops per route.

Number of next-hop addresses per route. The range is from 1 to 16.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

command to estimate the memory required for a selected number of routes and number of next-hop addresses per route.

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the route table:

switch# show routing memory estimate routes 1000 next-hops 1

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes that are resolved using only the next hop routes that match specific characteristics.

show routing-context

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how display the current routing context:

switch# show routing-context

Current Route Context: default

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Configures the routing context.

show routing hash

command.

]

Syntax Description

Source IPv4 address. IPv4 address format is x.x.x.x.

Specifies the IP protocol.

Destination IPv4 address. IPv4 address format is x.x.x.x.

(Optional) Source port. The range is from 1 to 65535.

(Optional) Destination port. The range is from 1 to 65535.

(Optional) Specifies the virtual router context (VRF) name. The name can be any case-sensitive, alphanumeric string up to 32 characters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the route selected to reach 192.168.0.2 from 192.168.0.5:

switch# show routing hash 192.168.0.5 192.168.0.2 ip-proto 0x11 10 234

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears entries in the route table.

show running-config

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays all the default and configured information.

Command Default

Displays only the configured information.

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the changes that you have made to the running configuration:

switch# show running-config

!Command: show running-config

!Time: Thu Jun 3 09:12:13 2010

version 5.0(3)U1(1)

feature telnet

feature bgp

feature interface-vlan

feature hsrp

username admin password 5 $1$qlbQ8MOw$/WpKb1OE1R6BwZU9yfFL51 role network-admin

ip domain-lookup

hostname QS5

hardware profile multicast max-limit 2000

policy-map type network-qos jumbo

class type network-qos class-default

mtu 9216

system qos

service-policy type network-qos jumbo

slot 2

slot 22

slot 39

<--Output truncated-->

switch#

This example shows how to display the ternary content addressable memory (TCAM) regions and IP glean throttle settings on a switch that runs Cisco NX-OS Release 5.0(3)U2(1):

switch# show running-config | grep ‘hardware’

hardware profile tcam region arpacl 128

hardware profile tcam region ifacl 256

hardware profile tcam region racl 256

hardware profile tcam region vacl 512

hardware profile portmode 48x10G+4x40G

hardware ip glean throttle

hardware ip glean throttle maximum 3000

hardware ip glean throttle timeout 500

hardware ip glean throttle syslog 30

switch#

This example shows how to display the ECMP running configuration:

switch# show running-config | grep “hardware profile ecmp”

hardware profile ecmp auto-recovery threshold 15

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Copies the running configuration to the startup configuration.

Displays the startup configuration.

show running-config arp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays configured and default information.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the ARP configuration:

switch# show running-config arp

This example shows how to display the ARP configuration with the default information on a switch that runs Cisco NX-OS Release 5.0(3)U2(1):

switch# show running-config arp all

!Command: show running-config arp all

!Time: Thu Sep 1 05:45:10 2011

version 5.0(3)U2(1)

ip arp timeout 1500

ip arp event-history cli size small

ip arp event-history snmp size small

ip arp event-history client-errors size small

ip arp event-history client-event size small

ip arp event-history lcache-errors size small

ip arp event-history lcache size small

ip arp event-history errors size small

ip arp event-history ha size small

ip arp event-history event size small

ip arp event-history packet size small

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Copies the running configuration to the startup configuration file.

Configures an ARP timeout.

Displays the ARP startup configuration.

show running-config bfd

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays the full operating information including default settings.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the running configuration for BFD:

switch# show running-config bfd

!Command: show running-config bfd

!Time: Fri Sep 30 07:15:05 2011

version 5.0(3)U2(2)

feature bfd

bfd interval 55 min_rx 60 multiplier 3

interface Ethernet1/5

bfd neighbor src-ip 192.0.1.2 dest-ip 192.0.1.3

switch#

This example shows how to display the complete running configuration for BFD:

switch# show running-config bfd all

Related Commands

Command

Description

Copies the running configuration information to the startup configuration file.

Enabled BFD on the switch.

Displays the BFD information from the startup configuration file.

show running-config bgp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays the full operating information including default settings.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the running configuration for BGP:

switch# show running-config bgp

!Command: show running-config bgp

!Time: Sat May 29 05:07:52 2010

version 5.0(3)U1(1)

feature bgp

router bgp 201

router-id 192.168.0.14

address-family ipv4 unicast

network 192.0.0.0/2

neighbor 192.168.0.201 remote-as 201

description Peer Router B

timers 30 90

address-family ipv4 unicast

switch#

This example shows how to display the complete running configuration for BGP:

switch# show running-config bgp all

!Command: show running-config bgp all

!Time: Sat May 29 05:12:07 2010

version 5.0(3)U1(1)

feature bgp

router bgp 201

router-id 192.168.0.14

timers bgp 60 180

timers bestpath-limit 300

timers prefix-peer-timeout 30

graceful-restart

graceful-restart restart-time 120

graceful-restart stalepath-time 300

fast-external-fallover

enforce-first-as

event-history periodic

event-history events

event-history cli

address-family ipv4 unicast

network 192.0.0.0/2

nexthop trigger-delay critical 3000 non-critical 10000

client-to-client reflection

distance 20 200 220

neighbor 192.168.0.201 remote-as 201

description Peer Router B

dynamic-capability

timers 30 90

address-family ipv4 unicast

next-hop-third-party

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates a BGP instance.

show running-config eigrp

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the running configuration for EIGRP:

switch# show running-config eigrp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates an OSPF instance.

show running-config ospf

command.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command requires the LAN Enterprise Services license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the running configuration for OSPF:

switch# show running-config ospf

Related Commands

Command

Description

Creates an OSPF instance.

show sockets client

command.

]

Syntax Description

range is from 1 to 65535.

(Optional) Displays information about the raw client.

(Optional) Displays information about the TCP client.

(Optional) Displays information about the UDP client.

(Optional) Displays information about the detailed client.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the UDP socket client information:

switch# show sockets client udp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears socket statistics.

Displays information about the socket connection.

Displays information about the socket statistics.

show sockets connection

command.

]

Syntax Description

range is from 1 to 65535.

can be an IPv4 address.

can be an IPv4 address.

(Optional) Displays information about the raw client.

(Optional) Displays information about the TCP client.

(Optional) Displays information about the UDP client.

(Optional) Displays information about the detailed client.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the TCP socket connection information:

switch# show sockets connection tcp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears the socket statistics.

Displays information about the socket client.

Displays the socket statistics.

show sockets statistics

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays all the socket statistics.

(Optional) Displays the socket statistics for the raw IPv4 protocol socket statistics.

(Optional) Displays a summary of the socket statistics for the raw IPv4 protocol socket statistics.

(Optional) Displays the socket statistics for the TCP IPv4 protocol.

(Optional) Displays a summary of the socket statistics for the TCP IPv4 protocols.

(Optional) Displays the socket statistics for the UDP IPv4 protocol.

(Optional) Displays a summary of the socket statistics for the UDP IPv4 protocols.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the TCP socket statistics:

switch# show sockets statistics tcp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Clears socket statistics.

Displays information about the socket client.

Displays information about the socket connection.

show startup-config arp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays configured and default information.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display the ARP startup configuration:

switch# show startup-config arp

Related Commands

Command

Description

Copies the running configuration to the startup configuration file.

Configures an ARP timeout.

Displays the ARP running configuration.

show startup-config bfd

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays the full operating information including default settings.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U2(2)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the running configuration for BFD:

switch# show startup-config bfd

This example shows how to display the complete startup configuration for BFD:

switch# show startup-config bfd all

Related Commands

Command

Description

Copies the running configuration information to the startup configuration file.

Enabled BFD on the switch.

Displays the BFD running configuration information.

show track

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Tracking ID. The range can be from 1 to 500.

(Optional) Displays information about tracked interfaces.

(Optional) Displays information about tracked IP routes.

(Optional) Displays brief information about tracked objects.

Command Default

Display information for all tracked objects.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about tracked interfaces:

switch# show track interface

This example shows how to display information about tracked IP routes:

switch# show track ip route

This example shows how to display brief information about tracked objects:

switch# show track brief

Related Commands

Command

Description

Tracks the state of an interface.

Tracks the state of an IP route.

show vlan id counter

To display the counters for a VLAN interface, use the show vlan id counter command.

show vlan id vlan-number counter

Syntax Description

vlan-number

VLAN ID. The range is from 1-3967 to and from 4048- to 4093. You specify a VLAN ID in this format: 1-4094 or range: 1-5, 10 or 2-5,7-19.

Defaults

None

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U3(1)

This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command does not require a license.

Examples

This example shows how to display the counters for a VLAN interface:

switch# show vlan 10 counters

Vlan Id :10

L2 Unicast Octets :--

L2 Unicast Packets :--

L2 Multicast Octets :--

L2 Multicast Packets :--

L2 Broadcast Octets :--

L2 Broadcast Packets :--

L2 Unknown Octets :--

L2 Unknown Packets :--

L3 Routed Octets In :--

L3 Routed Packets In :--

L3 Routed Octets Out :--

L3 Routed Packets Out :--

L3 Multicast Octets In :--

L3 Multicast Packets In :--

L3 Multicast Octets Out :--

L3 Multicast Packets Out :--

L3 Unicast Octets In :--

L3 Unicast Packets In :--

L3 Unicast Octets Out :--

L3 Unicast Packets Out :--

Total Octets In :140903

Total Packets In :1447

Total Octets Out :252600

Total Packets Out :3606

switch#

Related Commands

Command

Description

show interface vlan counter

Displays the counters for an interface VLAN.

show vrrp

command.

]

Syntax Description

(Optional) Displays detailed information about VRRP.

(Optional) Displays VRRP statistics.

(Optional) Displays the VRRP summary.

to see a list of supported interfaces.

range is from 1 to 255.

(Optional) Displays information about VRRP groups in the backup state.

(Optional) Displays information about VRRP groups in the init state.

(Optional) Displays information about VRRP groups in the master state.

Command Default

Display information for all VRRP groups.

Command Modes

Any command mode

Command History

Release

Modification

5.0(3)U1(1)

This command was introduced.

Examples

This example shows how to display information about VRRP:

switch(config)# show vrrp

This example shows how to display the detailed configuration information about VRRP:

switch(config)# show vrrp detail

This example shows how to displayinformation about a specific virtual router:

switch# show vrrp vr 1

Related Commands L

Command

Description

Clears VRRP statistics.

Enables the VRRP feature.

Cisco Nexus 3000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing Command Reference

First Published: April 2011

Last Modified: August 2015

THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS.

THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE. IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY, CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR A COPY.

The Cisco implementation of TCP header compression is an adaptation of a program developed by the University of California, Berkeley (UCB) as part of UCB’s public domain version of the UNIX operating system. All rights reserved. Copyright © 1981, Regents of the University of California.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN, ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH ALL FAULTS. CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL, EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

Cisco and the Cisco logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and other countries. To view a list of Cisco trademarks, go to this URL: www.cisco.com/go/trademarks . Third-party trademarks mentioned are the property of their respective owners. The use of the word partner does not imply a partnership relationship between Cisco and any other company. (1110R)

Any Internet Protocol (IP) addresses and phone numbers used in this document are not intended to be actual addresses and phone numbers. Any examples, command display output, network topology diagrams, and other figures included in the document are shown for illustrative purposes only. Any use of actual IP addresses or phone numbers in illustrative content is unintentional and coincidental.

Cisco Nexus 3000 Series NX-OS Unicast Routing Command Reference

© 2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.